Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability by Public Accommodations and in Commercial Facilities, 34508-34557 [E8-12623]
Download as PDF
34508
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
where necessary to afford individuals
with disabilities and their companions
who are individuals with disabilities, an
equal opportunity to participate in, and
enjoy the benefits of, a service, program,
or activity conducted by a public entity.
(c)(1) A public entity shall not require
an individual with a disability to bring
another individual to interpret for him
or her.
(2) A public entity shall not rely on
an individual accompanying an
individual with a disability to interpret
or facilitate communication, except in
an emergency involving a threat to
public safety or welfare, or unless the
individual with a disability specifically
requests it, the accompanying
individual agrees to provide the
assistance, and reliance on that
individual for this assistance is
appropriate under the circumstances.
(d) Video interpreting services (VIS).
A public entity that chooses to provide
qualified interpreters via VIS shall
ensure that it provides—
(1) High quality, clear, real-time, fullmotion video and audio over a
dedicated high speed Internet
connection;
(2) A clear, sufficiently large, and
sharply delineated picture of the
interpreter’s head and the participating
individual’s head, arms, hands, and
fingers, regardless of his body position;
(3) Clear transmission of voices; and
(4) Training to nontechnicians so that
they may quickly and efficiently set up
and operate the VIS.
(e) Sports stadiums. One year after the
effective date of this regulation, sports
stadiums that have a seating capacity of
25,000 or more shall provide captioning
on the scoreboards and video monitors
for safety and emergency information.
12. Revise § 35.161 to read as follows:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
§ 35.161
Telecommunications.
(a) Where a public entity
communicates by telephone with
applicants and beneficiaries, text
telephones (TTYs) or equally effective
telecommunications systems shall be
used to communicate with individuals
who are deaf or hard of hearing or have
speech impairments.
(b) When a public entity uses an
automated attendant system for
receiving and directing incoming
telephone calls, that automated
attendant system must provide effective
communication with individuals using
auxiliary aids and services, including
TTYs or a telecommunications relay
system.
(c) A public entity shall respond to
telephone calls from a
telecommunications relay service
established under title IV of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Americans with Disabilities Act in the
same manner that it responds to other
telephone calls.
Subpart F—Compliance Procedures
13. Amend § 35.171 by revising
paragraph (a)(2) to read as follows:
§ 35.171
Acceptance of complaints.
(a) * * *
(2)(i) If an agency other than the
Department of Justice determines that it
does not have section 504 jurisdiction
and is not the designated agency, it shall
promptly refer the complaint to either
the appropriate designated agency or
agency that has section 504 jurisdiction
or to the Department of Justice, and so
notify the complainant.
(ii) When the Department of Justice
receives a complaint for which it does
not have jurisdiction under section 504
and is not the designated agency, it may
exercise jurisdiction pursuant to
§ 35.190(e) or refer the complaint to an
agency that does have jurisdiction under
section 504 or to the appropriate agency
designated in subpart G of this part or,
in the case of an employment complaint
that is also subject to title I of the Act,
to the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission.
*
*
*
*
*
14. Revise § 35.172 to read as follows:
§ 35.172 Investigations and compliance
reviews.
(a) The designated agency shall
investigate complaints for which it is
responsible under § 35.171.
(b) The designated agency may
conduct compliance reviews of public
entities based on information indicating
a possible failure to comply with the
nondiscrimination requirements of this
part.
(c) Where appropriate, the designated
agency shall attempt informal resolution
of any matter being investigated under
this section, and, if resolution is not
achieved and a violation is found, issue
to the public entity and the
complainant, if any, a Letter of Findings
that shall include—
(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of
law;
(2) A description of a remedy for each
violation found; and
(3) Notice of the rights and procedures
available under paragraph (d) of this
section and §§ 35.173 and 35.174.
(d) At any time, the complainant may
file a private suit pursuant to § 203 of
the Act, whether or not the designated
agency finds a violation.
Subpart G—Designated Agencies
15. Amend § 35.190 by adding
paragraph (e) to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 35.190
Designated agencies.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) When the Department receives a
complaint directed to the Attorney
General alleging a violation of this part
that may fall within the jurisdiction of
a designated agency or another Federal
agency that may have jurisdiction under
section 504, the Department may
exercise its discretion to retain the
complaint for investigation under this
part.
Dated: May 30, 2008.
Michael B. Mukasey,
Attorney General.
[FR Doc. E8–12622 Filed 6–16–08; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4410–13–P
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
28 CFR Part 36
[CRT Docket No. 106; AG Order No. 2968–
2008]
RIN 1190–AA44
Nondiscrimination on the Basis of
Disability by Public Accommodations
and in Commercial Facilities
Department of Justice, Civil
Rights Division.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: The Department of Justice
(Department) is issuing this notice of
proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in order
to: Adopt enforceable accessibility
standards under the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) that are
‘‘consistent with the minimum
guidelines and requirements issued by
the Architectural and Transportation
Barriers Compliance Board’’ (Access
Board); and perform periodic reviews of
any rule judged to have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities, and a
regulatory assessment of the costs and
benefits of any significant regulatory
action as required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act, as amended by the
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement
Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA).
In this NPRM, the Department
proposes to adopt Parts I and III of the
Americans With Disabilities Act and
Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility
Guidelines (2004 ADAAG), which were
published by the Architectural and
Transportation Barriers and Compliance
Board (Access Board) on July 23, 2004.
Prior to its adoption by the Department,
the 2004 ADAAG is effective only as
guidance to the Department; it has no
legal effect on the public until the
Department issues a final rule adopting
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
the revised ADA Standards (proposed
standards).
Concurrently with the publication of
this NPRM, the Department is
publishing an NPRM to amend its title
II regulation, which covers state and
local government entities, in order to
adopt the 2004 ADAAG as its proposed
standards for title II entities, to make
amendments to the title II regulation for
consistency with title III, and to make
amendments that reflect the collective
experience of 16 years of enforcement of
the ADA.
DATES: All comments must be received
by August 18, 2008.
ADDRESSES: Submit electronic
comments and other data to https://
www.regulations.gov. Address written
comments concerning this NPRM to:
ADA NPRM, P.O. Box 2846, Fairfax, VA
22031–0846. Overnight deliveries
should be sent to the Disability Rights
Section, Civil Rights Division, U.S.
Department of Justice, located at 1425
New York Avenue, NW., Suite 4039,
Washington, DC 20005. All comments
will be made available for public
viewing online at https://
www.regulations.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Janet L. Blizard, Deputy Chief, Disability
Rights Section, Civil Rights Division,
U.S. Department of Justice, at (202) 307–
0663 (voice or TTY). This is not a tollfree number. Information may also be
obtained from the Department’s toll-free
ADA Information Line at (800) 514–
0301 (voice) or (800) 514–0383 (TTY).
This rule is also available in an
accessible format on the ADA Home
Page at https://www.ada.gov. You may
obtain copies of this rule in large print
or on computer disk by calling the ADA
Information Line listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Submission and Posting of
Public Comments
You may submit electronic comments
to https://www.regulations.gov. When
submitting comments electronically,
you must include CRT Docket No. 106
in the subject box, and you must
include your full name and address.
Please note that all comments
received are considered part of the
public record and made available for
public inspection online at https://
www.regulations.gov. Such information
includes personal identifying
information (such as your name,
address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by
the commenter.
If you want to submit personal
identifying information (such as your
name, address, etc.) as part of your
comment, but do not want it to be
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
posted online, you must include the
phrase ‘‘PERSONAL IDENTIFYING
INFORMATION’’ in the first paragraph
of your comment. You must also locate
all the personal identifying information
you do not want posted online in the
first paragraph of your comment and
identify information you want redacted.
If you want to submit confidential
business information as part of your
comment but do not want it posted
online, you must include the phrase
‘‘CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS
INFORMATION’’ in the first paragraph
of your comment. You must also
prominently identify confidential
business information to be redacted
within the comment. If a comment has
so much confidential business
information that it cannot be effectively
redacted, all or part of that comment
may not be posted on https://
www.regulations.gov.
Personal identifying information
identified and located as set forth above
will be placed in the agency’s public
docket file, but not posted online.
Confidential business information
identified and located as set forth above
will not be placed in the public docket
file. If you wish to inspect the agency’s
public docket file in person by
appointment, please see the ‘‘FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT’’
paragraph.
Overview
Throughout this NPRM, the current,
legally enforceable ADA Standards will
be referred to as the ‘‘1991 Standards,’’
28 CFR part 36, App. A, 56 FR 35544
(July 26, 1991), modified in part at 59
FR 2674 (Jan. 18, 1994). The Access
Board’s 2004 revised guidelines will be
referred to as the ‘‘2004 ADAAG,’’ 69 FR
44084 (July 23, 2004), as amended
(editorial changes only) at 70 FR 45283
(Aug. 5, 2005). The revisions now
proposed in the NPRM, based on the
2004 ADAAG, are referred to in the
preamble as the ‘‘proposed standards.’’
In performing the required, periodic
review of its existing regulation, the
Department has reviewed the title III
regulation section by section, and, as a
result, proposes several clarifications
and amendments in this NPRM. The
Department’s initial, formal benefit-cost
analysis can be found at Appendix B.
See E.O. 12866, 58 FR 51735 (Sept. 30,
1993), amended by E.O. 13258, 67 FR
9385 (Feb. 26, 2002), and E.O. 13422, 72
FR 2703 (Jan. 18, 2007); 5 U.S.C. 601,
603, and 610(a); and OMB Circular A–
4, https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/
circulars/a004/a-4.pdf. The NPRM was
submitted to the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB), Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs, for
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34509
review and approval prior to
publication in the Federal Register. It
has also been reviewed by the Small
Business Administration’s Office of
Advocacy pursuant to Executive Order
13272, 67 FR 53461 (Aug. 13, 2002).
Purpose
On July 26, 1990, President George
H.W. Bush signed into law the
Americans With Disabilities Act, 42
U.S.C. 12101 et seq., a comprehensive
civil rights law prohibiting
discrimination on the basis of disability.
At the beginning of his administration,
President George W. Bush underscored
the nation’s commitment to ensuring the
rights of over fifty million individuals
with disabilities nationwide by
announcing the New Freedom Initiative
(available at https://
www.whitehouse.gov/infocus/
newfreedom). The Access Board’s
publication of the 2004 ADAAG is the
culmination of a long-term effort to
facilitate ADA compliance and
enforcement by eliminating, to the
extent possible, inconsistencies among
federal accessibility requirements and
between federal accessibility
requirements and state and local
building codes. In support of this effort,
the Department is announcing its
intention to adopt standards consistent
with Parts I and III of the 2004 ADAAG
as the ADA Standards for Accessible
Design. To facilitate this process, the
Department is seeking public comment
on the issues discussed in this notice.
The ADA and Department of Justice
Regulations
The ADA broadly protects the rights
of individuals with disabilities in
employment, access to state and local
government services, places of public
accommodation, transportation, and
other important areas of American life
and, in addition, requires newly
designed and constructed or altered
state and local government facilities,
public accommodations, and
commercial facilities to be readily
accessible to and usable by individuals
with disabilities. 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.
Under the ADA, the Department is
responsible for issuing regulations to
implement title II and title III of the Act,
except to the extent that transportation
providers subject to title II or title III are
regulated by the Department of
Transportation. Id. at 12134.
The Department also is proposing
amendments to its title II regulation,
which prohibits discrimination on the
basis of disability in state and local
government services, concurrently with
the publication of this NPRM, in this
issue of the Federal Register.
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
34510
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Title III prohibits discrimination on
the basis of disability in the activities of
places of public accommodation
(businesses that are generally open to
the public and that fall into one of
twelve categories listed in the ADA,
such as restaurants, movie theaters,
schools, day care facilities, recreational
facilities, and doctors’ offices) and
requires newly constructed or altered
places of public accommodation—as
well as commercial facilities (privately
owned, nonresidential facilities like
factories, warehouses, or office
buildings)—to comply with the ADA
Standards. 42 U.S.C. 12181–89.
On July 26, 1991, the Department
issued its final rules implementing title
II and title III, which are codified at 28
CFR part 35 (title II) and part 36 (title
III). Appendix A of the title III
regulation, at 28 CFR part 36, contains
the 1991 Standards, which were based
upon the version of ADAAG published
by the Access Board on the same date.
Under the Department’s regulation
implementing title III, places of public
accommodation and commercial
facilities are currently required to
comply with the 1991 Standards with
respect to newly constructed or altered
facilities.
Relationship to Other Laws
The Department of Justice regulation
implementing title III, 28 CFR 36.103,
provides:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
(a) Rule of interpretation. Except as
otherwise provided in this part, this part
shall not be construed to apply a lesser
standard than the standards applied under
title V of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29
U.S.C. 791 et seq., or the regulations issued
by federal agencies pursuant to that title.
(b) Section 504. This part does not affect
the obligations of a recipient of federal
financial assistance to comply with the
requirements of section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794,
and regulations issued by federal agencies
implementing section 504.
(c) Other laws. This part does not
invalidate or limit the remedies, rights, and
procedures of any other federal, state, or local
laws (including state common law) that
provide greater or equal protection for the
rights of individuals with disabilities or
individuals associated with them.
Nothing in this proposed rule will
alter this relationship. The Department
recognizes that public accommodations
subject to title III of the ADA may also
be subject to title I of the ADA, which
prohibits discrimination on the basis of
disability in employment; section 504,
which prohibits discrimination on the
basis of disability in the programs and
activities of recipients of federal
financial assistance; and other federal
statutes such as the Air Carrier Access
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Act, 49 U.S.C. 41705, and the Fair
Housing Act, 42 U.S.C. 3601 et seq.
Compliance with the Department’s ADA
regulations does not necessarily ensure
compliance with other federal statutes.
Public accommodations that are
subject both to the Department’s
regulations and to regulations published
by other federal agencies must ensure
that they comply with the requirements
of both regulations. If there is a direct
conflict between the regulations, the
regulation that provides greater
accessibility will prevail. When
different statutes apply to entities that
routinely interact, each entity must
follow the regulation that specifically
applies to it. For example, a quick
service restaurant in an airport is a
public accommodation subject to title
III. It regularly serves the passengers of
air carriers subject to the Air Carrier
Access Act (ACAA). The restaurant is
subject to the title III requirements, not
to the ACAA requirements. Conversely,
the airline is required to comply with
the ACAA, not with the ADA.
The Roles of the Access Board and the
Department of Justice
The Access Board was established by
section 502 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973. 29 U.S.C. 792. The Board consists
of thirteen public members appointed
by the President, of whom the majority
must be individuals with disabilities,
and the heads of twelve federal
departments and agencies specified by
statute, including the heads of the
Department of Justice and the
Department of Transportation.
Originally, the Access Board was
established to develop and maintain
accessibility guidelines for federally
funded facilities under the Architectural
Barriers Act of 1968 (ABA). 42 U.S.C.
4151 et seq. The passage of the ADA
expanded the Access Board’s
responsibilities. The ADA requires the
Access Board to ‘‘issue minimum
guidelines that shall supplement the
existing Minimum Guidelines and
Requirements for Accessible Design for
purposes of subchapters II and III of this
chapter * * * to ensure that buildings,
facilities, rail passenger cars, and
vehicles are accessible, in terms of
architecture and design, transportation,
and communication, to individuals with
disabilities.’’ 42 U.S.C. 12204. The ADA
requires the Department to issue
regulations that include enforceable
accessibility standards applicable to
facilities subject to title II or title III that
are consistent with the minimum
guidelines issued by the Access Board.
Id. at 12134, 12186.
The Department was extensively
involved in the development of the 2004
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
ADAAG. As a federal member of the
Access Board, the Attorney General’s
representative voted to approve the
revised guidelines. Although the
enforceable standards issued by the
Department under title II and title III
must be consistent with the minimum
guidelines published by the Access
Board, it is the sole responsibility of the
Attorney General to promulgate
standards and to interpret and enforce
those standards.
The ADA also requires the
Department to develop regulations with
respect to existing facilities subject to
title II (Subtitle A) and title III. How and
to what extent the Access Board’s
guidelines are used with respect to the
barrier removal requirement applicable
to existing facilities under title III of the
ADA and to the provision of program
accessibility under title II of the ADA
are solely within the discretion of the
Department.
The Revised Guidelines (2004 ADAAG)
Part I of the 2004 ADAAG provides
scoping requirements for facilities
subject to the ADA; scoping is a term
used in the 2004 ADAAG to describe
requirements (set out in Parts I and II)
that prescribe what elements and
spaces—and, in some cases, how
many—must comply with the technical
specifications. Part II provides scoping
(which is defined in the preamble of
title 2) requirements for facilities subject
to the ABA (i.e., facilities designed,
built, altered, or leased with federal
funds). Part III provides uniform
technical specifications for facilities
subject to either statute. This revised
format is designed to eliminate
unintended conflicts between the two
federal accessibility standards and to
minimize conflicts between the federal
regulations and the model codes that
form the basis of many state and local
building codes.
The 2004 ADAAG is the culmination
of a ten-year effort to improve ADA
compliance and enforcement. In 1994,
the Access Board began the process of
updating the original ADAAG by
establishing an advisory committee
composed of members of the design and
construction industry, the building code
community, state and local government
entities, and people with disabilities. In
1999, based largely on the report and
recommendations of the advisory
committee,1 the Access Board issued a
proposed rule to update and revise its
ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines.
1 After a two-year process of collaboration with
the access Board, the Advisory Committee issued its
Recommendations for a New ADAAG in September
1996, available at https://www.access-board.gov/
pubs.htm.
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
See 64 FR 62248 (Nov. 16, 1999). In
response to its proposed rule, the
Access Board received more than 2,500
comments from individuals with
disabilities, affected industries, state
and local governments, and others. The
Access Board provided further
opportunity for participation by holding
public hearings throughout the nation.
The Access Board worked vigorously
from the beginning to harmonize the
ADA and ABA Accessibility Guidelines
with industry standards and model
codes. The Access Board released an
interim draft of its guidelines to the
public on April 2, 2002, 67 FR 15509,
in order to provide an opportunity for
entities with model codes to consider
amendments that would promote
further harmonization. By the date of its
final publication on July 23, 2004, 69 FR
44084, the 2004 ADAAG had been the
subject of extraordinary public
participation and review.
In addition, the Access Board
amended the ADAAG four times since
1998. In 1998, it added specific
guidelines on state and local
government facilities, 63 FR 2000 (Jan.
13, 1998), and building elements
designed for use by children, 63 FR
2060 (Jan. 13, 1998). Subsequently, the
Access Board added specific guidelines
on play areas, 65 FR 62498 (Oct. 18,
2000), and on recreational facilities 67
FR 56352 (Sept. 3, 2002).
These amendments to the ADAAG
have not previously been adopted by the
Department as ADA Standards. Through
this NPRM, the Department is
announcing its intention to publish a
proposed rule that will adopt revised
ADA Standards consistent with the
2004 ADAAG, including all of the
amendments to the ADAAG since 1998.
The Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
The Department published an
advance notice of proposed rulemaking
(ANPRM) on September 30, 2004, 69 FR
58768, for two reasons: (1) To begin the
process of adopting the Access Board’s
2004 ADAAG by soliciting public input
on issues relating to the potential
application of the Access Board’s
revisions once the Department adopts
them as revised standards; and (2) to
request background information that
would assist the Department in
preparing a regulatory analysis under
the guidance provided in OMB Circular
A–4, available at https://
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars/
a004/a-4.pdf, Sections D (Analytical
Approaches) and E (Identifying and
Measuring Benefits and Costs). While
underscoring that the Department, as a
member of the Access Board, had
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
already reviewed comments provided to
the Access Board during its
development of the 2004 ADAAG, the
Department specifically requested
public comment on the potential
application of the 2004 ADAAG to
existing facilities. The extent to which
the 2004 ADAAG is used with respect
to the barrier removal requirement
applicable to existing facilities under
title III (like the program access
requirement in title II) is solely within
the discretion of the Department. The
ANPRM dealt with the Department’s
responsibilities under both title II and
title III.
Public response to the ANPRM was
extraordinary. The Department
extended the comment deadline by four
months at the public’s request. 70 FR
2992 (Jan. 19, 2005). By the end of the
extended comment period, the
Department had received more than 900
comments covering a broad range of
issues. Most of the comments responded
to questions specifically posed by the
Department, including issues involving
the application of the 2004 ADAAG
once the Department adopts it and cost
information to assist the Department in
its regulatory assessment. The public
provided information on how to assess
the cost of elements in small facilities,
office buildings, hotels and motels,
assembly areas, hospitals and long-term
care facilities, residential units,
recreational facilities, and play areas.
Comments addressed the effective date
of the proposed standards, the triggering
event by which the effective date is
measured in new construction, and
variations on a safe harbor that would
excuse elements built in compliance
with the 1991 Standards from
compliance with the proposed
standards. Comments responded to
questions regarding elements scoped for
the ‘‘first time’’ in the 2004 ADAAG,
including detention and correctional
facilities, recreational facilities, and
play areas, as well as proposed
additions to the Department’s regulation
for items such as free-standing
equipment. Comments also dealt with
specific requirements in the 2004
ADAAG.
Many commenters requested
clarification of or changes to the
Department’s title III regulation.
Commenters observed that now, more
than seventeen years after enactment of
the ADA, as facilities are becoming
physically accessible to individuals
with disabilities, the Department needs
to focus on second generation issues
that ensure that individuals with
disabilities can actually gain access to
and use the accessible elements. So, for
example, commenters asked the
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34511
Department to focus on such issues as
ticketing in assembly areas and
reservations for hotel rooms, rental cars,
and boat slips. The public asked about
captioning and the division of
responsibility between the Department
and the Access Board for fixed and nonfixed (or free-standing) equipment.
Finally, commenters asked for
clarification on some issues in the
existing regulations, such as title III’s
requirements regarding service animals.
All of the issues raised in the public
comments are addressed, in turn, in this
NPRM or in the NPRM for title II. Issues
involving title II of the ADA, such as the
exhaustion of administrative remedies
under the Prison Litigation Reform Act
(PLRA), 42 U.S.C. 1997e et seq., are
addressed in the Department’s NPRM
for title II, in this issue of the Federal
Register, published concurrently with
this NPRM.
Background (SBREFA, Regulatory
Flexibility Act, and Executive Order)
Reviews
The Department must provide two
types of assessments as part of its
NPRM: an analysis of the costs and
benefits of adopting the 2004 ADAAG as
its proposed standards, and a periodic
review of its existing regulations to
consider their impact on small entities,
including small businesses, small
nonprofit organizations, and small
governmental jurisdictions. E.O. 12866,
58 FR 51735 (Sept. 30, 1993), as
amended by E.O. 13258, 67 FR 9385
(Feb. 26, 2002) and E.O. 13422, 72 FR
2763 (Jan. 18, 2007); Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601,
603, as amended by the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 610(a); OMB
Circular A–4, https://
www.whitehouse.gov/
omb/circulars/a004/a-4.pdf; and E.O.
13272, 67 FR 53461 (Aug. 13, 2002).
The Department leaves open the
possibility that, as a result of the receipt
of comments on an issue raised by the
2004 ADAAG, or if the Department’s
Regulatory Impact Analysis reveals that
the costs of making a particular feature
or facility accessible are
disproportionate to the benefits to
persons with disabilities, the Attorney
General, as a member of the Access
Board, may return the issue to the
Access Board for further consideration
of the particular feature or facility. In
such a case, the Department would
delay adoption of the accessibility
requirement for the particular feature or
facility in question in its final rule and
await Access Board action before
moving to consider any final action.
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34512
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Regulatory Impact Analysis. An initial
regulatory impact analysis of the costs
and benefits of a proposed rule is
required by Executive Order 12866 (as
amended by Executive Order 13258 and
Executive Order 13422). A full benefitcost analysis is required of any
regulatory action that is deemed to be
significant—that is, a regulation that
will have an annual effect of $100
million or more on the economy. See
OMB Circular A–4; Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601,
603, as amended by SBREFA, 5 U.S.C.
610(a).
Early in the rulemaking process, the
Department concluded that the
economic impact of its adoption of the
2004 ADAAG as proposed standards for
title II and title III was likely to exceed
the threshold for significant regulatory
actions of $100 million. The Department
has completed its initial regulatory
impact analysis measuring the
incremental benefits and costs of the
proposed standards; the initial
regulatory impact analysis is addressed
at length with responses to public
comments from the ANPRM, in
Appendix B.
The public may notice differences
between the Department’s regulatory
impact analysis and the Access Board’s
regulatory assessment of the 2004
ADAAG. The differences in framework
and approach result from the differing
postures and responsibilities of the
Department and the Access Board. First,
the breadth of the proposed changes
assessed in Appendix A of this NPRM
is greater than in the Access Board’s
assessments related to the 2004
ADAAG. Unlike the Access Board, the
Department must examine the effect of
the proposed standards not only on
newly constructed or altered facilities,
but also on existing facilities. Second,
whereas the Access Board issued
separate rules for many of the
differences between the 1991 Standards
and the 2004 ADAAG (e.g., play areas
and recreational facilities), the
Department is proposing to adopt
several years of revisions in a single
rulemaking.
According to the Department’s initial
Regulatory Impact Analysis (‘‘RIA’’), it
is estimated that the incremental cost of
the proposed requirements for each of
the following eight existing elements
will exceed monetized benefits by more
than $100 million when using the 1991
Standards as the comparative baseline:
Side reach; water closet clearances in
single-user toilet rooms with inswinging doors; stairs; elevators;
location of accessible routes to stages;
accessible attorney areas and witness
stands; assistive listening systems; and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
accessible teeing grounds, putting
greens, and weather shelters at golf
courses. However, this baseline figure
does not take into account the fact that,
since 1991, various model codes and
consensus standards—such as the
model International Building Codes
(‘‘IBC’’) published by the International
Codes Council and the consensus
accessibility standards developed by the
American National Standards Institute
(‘‘ANSI’’)—have been adopted by a
majority of states (in whole or in part)
and that these codes have provisions
mirroring the substance of the
Department’s proposed regulations.
Indeed, such regulatory overlap is
intentional since harmonization among
federal accessibility standards, state and
local building codes, and model codes,
is one of the goals of the Department’s
rulemaking efforts.
Even though the 1991 Standards are
an appropriate baseline to compare the
new requirements against, since they
represent the current set of uniform
federal regulations governing
accessibility, in practice it is likely that
many public and private facilities across
the country are already being built or
altered in compliance with the
Department’s proposed standards with
respect to these elements. Because the
model codes are voluntary, public
entities often modify or carve out
particular standards when adopting
them into their laws, and even when the
standards are the same, local officials
often interpret them differently. The
mere fact that a state or local
government has adopted a version of the
IBC does not necessarily mean that the
facilities within that jurisdiction are
legally subject to its accessibility
provisions. Because of these
complications, and the inherent
difficulty of determining which baseline
is the most appropriate for each
provision, the RIA accompanying this
rulemaking compares the costs and
benefits of the proposed requirements to
several alternative baselines, which
reflect various versions of existing
building codes. In addition, since the
Department is soliciting comment on
these eight particular provisions with
high net costs, the Department believes
it is useful to further discuss the
potential impact of alternative baselines
on these particular provisions.
For example, the Department’s
proposed standards for existing stairs
and elevators have identical
counterparts in one or more IBC
versions (2000, 2003, or 2006). Please
note, however, that the IBC 2006 version
bases a number of its provisions on
guidelines in the 2004 ADAAG. These
IBC versions, in turn, have been adopted
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
collectively by forty-six (46) states and
the District of Columbia on a statewide
basis. In the four (4) remaining states
(Colorado, Delaware, Illinois, and
Mississippi), while IBC adoption is left
to the discretion of local jurisdictions,
the vast majority of these local
jurisdictions have elected to adopt IBC
as their local code. Thus, given that
nearly all jurisdictions in the country
currently enforce a version of the IBC as
their building code, and to the extent
that the IBC building codes may be
settled in this area and would not be
further modified to be consistent if they
differ from the final version of these
regulations, the incremental costs and
benefits attributable to the Department’s
proposed regulations governing
alterations to existing stairs and
elevators may be less significant than
the RIA suggests over the life of the
regulation.
In a similar vein, consideration of an
alternate IBC/ANSI baseline would also
likely lower the incremental costs and
benefits for five other proposed
standards (side reach; water closet
clearances in single-user toilet rooms
with in-swinging doors; location of
accessible routes to stages; accessible
attorney areas and witness stands; and
assistive listening systems), albeit to a
lesser extent. Each of these proposed
standards has a counterpart in either
Chapter 11 of one or more versions of
the IBC, ANSI A117.1, or a functionally
equivalent state accessibility code.
While IBC Chapter 11 and ANSI A117.1
have yet not been as widely adopted as
some other IBC chapters, the RIA
nonetheless still estimates that between
15% and 35% of facilities nationwide
are already covered by IBC/A117.1
provisions that mirror these five
proposed standards. It is thus expected
that the incremental costs and benefits
for these proposed standards may also
be lower than the costs and benefits
relative to the 1991 Standards baseline.
Question 1: The Department believes
it would be useful to solicit input from
the public to inform us on the
anticipated costs or benefits for certain
requirements. The Department therefore
invites comment as to what the actual
costs and benefits would be for these
eight existing elements, in particular as
applied to alterations, in compliance
with the proposed regulations (side
reach, water closet clearances in singleuser toilet rooms with in-swinging doors,
stairs, elevators, location of accessible
routes to stages, accessible attorney
areas and witness stands, assistive
listening systems, and accessible teeing
grounds, putting greens, and weather
shelters at golf courses), as well as
additional practical benefits from these
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
requirements, which are often difficult
to adequately monetize.
The Department does not have
statutory authority to modify the 2004
ADAAG; instead, the ADA requires the
Attorney General to issue regulations
implementing the ADA that are
‘‘consistent with’’ the ADA Accessibility
Guidelines issued by the Access Board.
See 42 U.S.C. 12134(c), 12186(c). As
noted above in other parts of this
preamble, the Department leaves open
the possibility of seeking further
consideration by the Access Board of
particular issues based on
disproportionate costs compared to
benefits and public comments. The
Access Board did not have the benefit
of our RIA or public comment on our
RIA as it pertains to the 2004 ADAAG.
Question 2: The Department would
welcome comment on whether any of
the proposed standards for these eight
areas (side reach, water closet
clearances in single-user toilet rooms
with in-swinging doors, stairs, elevators,
location of accessible routes to stages,
accessible attorney areas and witness
stands, assistive listening systems, and
accessible teeing grounds, putting
greens, and weather shelters at golf
courses) should be raised with the
Access Board for further consideration,
in particular as applied to alterations.
Stages. The proposed requirement to
provide direct access to stages
represents an effort to ensure that
individuals with disabilities are able to
participate in programs in an integrated
setting. Under the current 1991
Standards, a compliant accessible route
connecting seating locations to
performing areas is permitted to go
outside the assembly area and make use
of an indirect interior accessible route to
access the stage area. As a result, even
when other audience members are able
to access a stage directly via stairs in
order to participate in ceremonies, skits,
or other interactive on-stage events,
persons with mobility disabilities may
be required to use an inconvenient
indirect entrance to the stage. As
graduates or award recipients, they may
be required to part company with their
peers, to make their way to the stage
alone, and to make a conspicuous
entrance. To address this situation, the
proposed requirement mandates that,
when a direct circulation path (for
audience members) connects the seating
area to a stage, the accessible route to
the stage must also be direct.
The Department has generally
determined that the overall costs for this
requirement are relatively high in the
alterations context, due to the expense
of having to provide a lift or ramp to
access the stage area directly, regardless
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
of which baseline is used for the
analysis. The Department, however, has
had difficulty in estimating the real
costs of this requirement because of a
lack of information about whether
colleges, elementary and secondary
schools, and entertainment venues now
routinely provide such access when
they are altering existing auditoriums or
how frequently such alterations occur.
Also, the Department currently lacks
sufficient data or other sources with
which to quantify the benefits that
accrue to students and other persons
with disabilities who, as a result of
direct access to stages, would be able to
participate fully and equally in
graduation exercises and other events.
Question 3: The Department would
welcome information from operators of
auditoriums on the likelihood that their
auditoriums will be altered in the next
fifteen years, and, if so, whether such
alterations are likely to include
accessible and direct access to stages. In
addition, the Department would like
specific information on whether,
because of local law or policy,
auditorium operators are already
providing a direct accessible route to
their stages. (The Department is also
interested in whether having to provide
a direct access to the stage would
encourage operators of auditoriums to
postpone or cancel the alteration of
their facilities.) The Department also
seeks information on possible means of
quantifying the benefits that accrue to
persons with disabilities from this
proposed requirement or on its
importance to them. To the extent that
such information cannot be quantified,
the Department welcomes examples of
personal or anecdotal experience that
illustrate the value of this requirement.
The Department’s RIA also estimates
significant costs, regardless of the
baseline used, for the proposed
requirement that court facilities must
provide an accessible route to a witness
stand or attorney area and clear floor
space to accommodate a wheelchair.
These costs arise both in the new
construction and alteration contexts. If
the witness stand is raised, then either
a ramp or lift must be provided to
ensure access to the witness stand.
While the RIA quantifies the benefits for
this proposed requirement (as it does for
all of the proposed requirements)
primarily in terms of time savings, the
Department fully appreciates that such
a methodology does not capture the
intangible benefits that accrue when
persons with mobility disabilities are
able to participate in the court process
as conveniently as any other witness or
party. Without access to the witness
stand, for example, a wheelchair user, or
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34513
a witness who uses other mobility
devices such as a walker or crutches,
may have to sit at floor level. If the
witness with a mobility disability
testifies from a floor level position, the
witness could be placed at a
disadvantage in communicating with
the judge and jury who may no longer
be able to see the witness as easily, or,
potentially at all. This may create a
reciprocal difficulty for the judge and
jurors who lose the sightline normally
provided by the raised witness stand
that enables them to see and hear the
witness in order to evaluate his or her
demeanor and credibility—difficulty
that redounds to the detriment of
litigants themselves and ultimately our
system of justice.
Question 4: The Department
welcomes comment on how to measure
or quantify the intangible benefits that
would accrue from accessible witness
stands. We particularly invite anecdotal
accounts of the courtroom experiences
of individuals with disabilities who have
encountered inaccessible witness
stands, as well as the experiences of
state and local governments in making
witness stands accessible, either in the
new construction or alteration context.
Under the 1991 Standards, Assistive
Listening Systems (‘‘ALS’’) are required
in courtrooms and in other settings
where audible communication is
integral to the use of the space and
audio amplification systems are
provided for the general audience.
However, these Standards do not set
forth technical specifications for such
systems. Since 1991, advancements in
ALS and the advent of digital
technologies have made these systems
more amenable to uniform technical
specifications. In keeping with these
technological advancements, the revised
requirements create a technical standard
that, among other things, ensures that a
certain percentage of required ALS have
hearing-aid compatible receivers.
Requiring hearing-aid compatible ALS
enables persons who are hard of hearing
to hear a speech, a play, a movie, or to
follow the content of a trial. Without an
effective ALS, people with hearing loss
are effectively excluded from
participation because they are unable to
hear or understand the audible portion
of the presentation.
From an economic perspective, the
cost of a single hearing-aid compliant
ALS is not high—about $500 more than
a non-compliant system—and compliant
equipment is readily available on the
retail market. As estimated in the RIA,
the high overall costs for the revised
technical requirements for ALS are
instead driven by the assumption that
entities with large assembly areas (such
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34514
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
as universities, stadiums, and
auditoriums) will be required to
purchase a relatively large number of
compliant systems. On the other hand,
the overall scoping for ALS has been
reduced in the Department’s proposed
requirement, thus mitigating the cost to
covered entities. The proposed revision
to the technical requirement merely
specifies that (25% or at least 2) of the
required ALS receivers must be hearingaid compatible. The RIA estimates that
a significant part of the cost of this
requirement will come from the
replacement of individual ALS receivers
and system maintenance.
Question 5: The Department seeks
information from arena and assembly
area administrators on their experiences
in managing ALS. In order to evaluate
the accuracy of the assumptions in the
RIA relating to ALS costs, the
Department welcomes particular
information on the life expectancy of
ALS equipment and the cost of ongoing
maintenance.
The Department’s proposed
requirements mandate an accessible
(pedestrian) route that connects all
accessible elements within the
boundary of the golf course and facility,
including teeing grounds, putting
greens, and weather shelters. Requiring
access to necessary features of a golf
course ensures that persons with
mobility disabilities may fully and
equally participate in a recreational
activity.
From an economic perspective, the
Department’s RIA assumes that virtually
every tee and putting green on an
existing course will need to be regraded
in order to provide compliant accessible
(pedestrian) routes to these features.
However, the Department’s proposal
also excuses compliance with the
requirement for an accessible
(pedestrian) route so long as a ‘‘golf car
passage’’ (i.e., the path typically used by
golf cars) is otherwise provided to the
teeing ground, putting green, or other
accessible element on a course. Because
it is likely that most public and private
golf courses in the United States already
provide golf passages to most or all
holes, the actual costs of this
requirement for owners and operators of
existing golf courses should be reduced
with little to no practical loss in
accessibility.
Question 6: The Department seeks
information from the owners and
operators of golf courses, both public
and private, on the extent to which their
courses already have golf car passages
to teeing grounds, putting greens, and
weather shelters, and, if so, whether
they intend to avail themselves of the
proposed exception.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Analysis of impact on small entities.
The second type of analysis that the
Department has undertaken is a review
of its existing regulations for title II and
title III in order to consider the impact
of those regulations on small entities.
The review requires agencies to
consider five factors: (1) The continued
need for the rule; (2) the nature of
complaints or comments received
concerning the rule from the public; (3)
the complexity of the rule; (4) the extent
to which the rule overlaps, duplicates,
or conflicts with other federal rules,
and, to the extent feasible, with state
and local governmental rules; and (5)
the length of time since the rule has
been evaluated or the degree to which
technology, economic conditions, or
other factors have changed in the area
affected by the rule. 5 U.S.C. 610(b).
Based on these factors, the agency
should determine whether to continue
the rule without change, or to amend or
rescind the rule to minimize any
significant economic impact of the rule
on a substantial number of small
entities. Id. at 610(a).
In performing this review, the
Department has gone through its
regulation section by section, and, as a
result, proposes several clarifications
and amendments in this NPRM.
Amendments to its title II regulation are
proposed in the NPRM for title II
published concurrently with this rule.
The proposals reflect the Department’s
analysis and review of complaints or
comments from the public as well as
changes in technology. Many of the
proposals aim to clarify and simplify the
obligations of covered entities. As
discussed in greater detail above, a
significant goal in the development of
the 2004 ADAAG was to eliminate
duplication or overlap in federal
accessibility guidelines as well as to
harmonize the federal guidelines with
model codes. The Department has also
worked to create harmony where
appropriate between the requirements of
titles II and III. Finally, while the
regulation is required by statute and
there is a continued need for it as a
whole, the Department proposes several
modifications that are intended to
reduce its effects on small entities.
Organization of This NPRM
The subsequent sections of this NPRM
deal with the Department’s response to
comments and its proposals for changes
to its current regulation that derive from
the required, periodic review that it
performed. The proposed standards and
the Department’s response to comments
regarding the 2004 ADAAG are
contained in Appendix A to the NPRM.
Appendix B to the NPRM contains the
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Department’s initial, formal benefit-cost
analysis.
The section of the NPRM entitled,
‘‘General Issues,’’ briefly introduces
topics that are noteworthy because they
are new to the title III regulation or have
been the subject of attention or
comment. The topics introduced in the
general issues section include: safe
harbor and other proposed limitations
on barrier removal, service animals,
equipment, wheelchairs and other
power-driven mobility devices,
auxiliary aids and services (including
captioning and video interpreting
services), and certification of state and
local building codes.
Following the ‘‘General Issues’’
section, there is a section entitled,
‘‘Section-By-Section Analysis and
Response to Comments.’’ This section
provides a detailed discussion of the
proposed changes to the title III
regulation. The section-by-section
analysis follows the order of the current
regulation, except that regulatory
sections that remain unchanged are not
indicated. The discussion within each
section explains the proposals and the
reasoning behind them, as well as the
Department’s response to related public
comments. Subject areas that deal with
more than one section of the regulation
include references to the related
sections, where appropriate.
Both the ‘‘General Issues’’ section and
the ‘‘Section-By-Section Analysis’’
include specific questions to which the
Department requests public response.
These questions are numbered and
italicized so that they are easier for
readers to locate and reference. The
Department emphasizes, however, that
the public may comment on any aspect
of this NPRM and is not required to
respond solely to questions specifically
posed by the Department.
The Department’s proposed changes
to the actual regulatory text of title III,
that follow the section-by-section
analysis are entitled, ‘‘Part 36:
Nondiscrimination on the Basis of
Disability by Public Accommodations
and in Commercial Facilities.’’
General Issues
This section briefly introduces topics
that are noteworthy because they are
new to the title III regulation or have
been the subject of considerable
attention or comment. Each topic is
discussed subsequently in the sectionby-section analysis.
Safe harbor and other proposed
limitations on barrier removal. One of
the most important issues that the
Department must address is the effect
that supplemental or changed ADA
Standards will have on the continuing
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
obligation of public accommodations to
remove architectural, transportation,
and communication barriers in existing
facilities to the extent that it is readily
achievable to do so. This issue was not
addressed in the 2004 ADAAG because
it was outside the scope of the Access
Board’s authority under the ADA.
Responsibility for implementing title
III’s requirement that public
accommodations eliminate existing
architectural barriers where it is readily
achievable to do so rests solely with the
Department.
The Department’s current regulation
implementing title III of the ADA
establishes the requirements for barrier
removal by public accommodations. 28
CFR 36.304. Under this requirement, the
Department uses the 1991 Standards as
a guide to identify what constitutes an
architectural barrier, as well as the
specifications that covered entities must
follow in making architectural changes
to the extent that it is readily
achievable. 28 CFR part 36, App. B.
Once adopted, therefore, the 2004
ADAAG will present a new reference
point for title III’s requirement to
remove architectural barriers in existing
places of public accommodation. The
Department is concerned that the
incremental changes in the 2004
ADAAG may place unnecessary cost
burdens on businesses that have already
removed barriers by complying with the
1991 Standards in their existing
facilities.
The Department seeks to strike an
appropriate balance between ensuring
that people with disabilities are
provided access to buildings and
facilities and potential financial burdens
on existing places of public
accommodation under their continuing
obligation for barrier removal. Such a
balance would not impose unnecessary
financial burdens on existing places of
public accommodation.
The Department’s ANPRM raised
several options that might reduce such
financial burdens. One approach,
described in the ANPRM as Option I, is
to establish a safe harbor with regard to
elements in existing facilities that
comply with the scoping and technical
provisions in the 1991 Standards.
Specifically, the Department would
deem that public accommodations have
met their obligation for barrier removal
with respect to any element in an
existing facility if that element complies
with the scoping and technical
requirements in the 1991 Standards.
Another possible approach—Option II
in the ANPRM—is to reduce the scoping
requirements for some of the
supplemental or changed requirements
as they apply to existing facilities (e.g.,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
play areas and recreational facilities).
Option III in the ANPRM proposed the
exemption of certain elements in the
proposed standards; under this option,
the Department would determine that
certain supplemental requirements are
inappropriate for barrier removal. After
reviewing the public comments on the
ANPRM, the Department has decided to
propose a combination of Options I and
II. The specific proposals are addressed
in the discussion of barrier removal in
the section-by-section analysis of
§ 36.304 below.
The Department is not proposing to
adopt Option III. Instead, in keeping
with its obligations under the SBREFA
to consider regulatory alternatives, the
Department is seeking public comment
on an alternative suggested by advocates
for small business. Under this
alternative, the Department would
revamp its approach to barrier removal
that is readily achievable as applied to
‘‘qualified small business’’ entities,
which are defined in § 36.104.
Small business advocates argued for
clearer guidance on when barrier
removal is, and is not, readily
achievable. According to the small
business advocacy groups, the
Department’s current approach to
readily achievable barrier removal
disproportionately affects small
businesses for the following reasons: (1)
Small businesses are more likely to
operate in older buildings and facilities;
(2) the 1991 Standards are too numerous
and technical for most small business
owners to understand and then to
square with the ADA requirements with
state and local building or accessibility
codes; and (3) small businesses are
particularly vulnerable to title III
litigation and are often compelled to
settle because they cannot afford the
litigation costs involved in proving
whether an action is readily achievable.
Advocates for small business endorsed
many of the proposals in the ANPRM,
such as the safe harbor and reduced
scoping for some elements.
The proposed standards will go a long
way toward meeting the concern of
small businesses with regard to
harmonizing federal and state
requirements; the Access Board
harmonized the 2004 ADAAG with the
model codes that form the basis of most
state and local accessibility codes. Still,
the Department is proposing that a
qualified small business is presumed to
have done what is readily achievable in
a given year if, in the prior tax year, it
spent a fixed percentage of its revenues
on readily achievable barrier removal.
The Department believes that the
efficacy of any such proposal will turn
on two determinations: (1) The
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34515
definition of a qualified small business,
and (2) the formula for calculating what
percentage of revenues should be
sufficient to satisfy the readily
achievable presumption. The
Department discusses its proposal for
safe harbor and reduced scoping
requirements in the section-by-section
analysis of § 36.304.
The Department invites comment on
whether public accommodations that
operate existing facilities with play or
recreation areas should be exempted
from compliance with certain
requirements in the 2004 ADAAG.
Existing facilities would continue to be
subject to accessibility requirements in
existing law, but not specifically to the
requirements in: (1) The Access Board’s
supplemental guidelines on play areas,
65 FR 62498 (Oct. 18, 2000); and (2) the
Access Board’s supplemental guidelines
on recreation facilities, 67 FR 56352
(Sept. 3, 2002). Under that scenario, the
2004 ADAAG would apply only to new
play areas and recreation facilities, and
would not govern the accessibility of
existing facilities as legal requirements.
Public accommodations that operate
existing facilities with play or recreation
areas, pursuant to the ADA’s
requirements to provide equal
opportunity for individuals with
disabilities, may still have the obligation
to provide an accessible route to the
playground, some accessible equipment,
and an accessible surface for the play
area or recreation facility.
Question 7: Should the Department
exempt owners and operators of public
accommodations from specific
compliance with the supplemental
requirements for play areas and
recreation facilities, and instead
continue to determine accessibility in
these facilities on a case-by-case basis
under existing law? Please provide
information on the effect of such a
proposal on people with disabilities and
places of public accommodation.
Service animals. The Department
wishes to clarify the obligations of
public accommodations to
accommodate individuals with
disabilities who use service animals.
The Department continues to receive a
large number of complaints from
individuals with service animals. It
appears that many covered entities are
confused regarding their obligations
under the ADA with regard to
individuals with disabilities who use
service animals. At the same time, some
individuals with impairments—who
would not be covered as individuals
with disabilities—are claiming that their
animals are legitimate service animals,
whether fraudulently or sincerely (albeit
mistakenly), to gain access to hotels,
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34516
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
restaurants, and other places of public
accommodation. Another trend is the
use of wild, exotic, or unusual species,
many of which are untrained, as service
animals. The Department is proposing
amendments to its regulation on service
animals in the hope of mitigating the
apparent confusion.
Minimal protection. In the
Department’s ADA Business Brief on
Service Animals, which was published
in 2002, the Department interpreted the
minimal protection language within the
context of a seizure (i.e., alerting and
protecting a person who is having a
seizure). Although the Department
received comments urging it to
eliminate the minimal protection
language, the Department continues to
believe that it should retain the
‘‘providing minimal protection’’
language and interpret the language to
exclude so-called ‘‘attack dogs’’ that
pose a direct threat to others.
Guidance on permissible service
animals. In the original regulation
implementing title III, ‘‘service animal’’
was defined as ‘‘any guide dog, signal
dog, or other animal,’’ and the
Department believed, at the time, that
leaving the species selection up to the
discretion of the person with a disability
was the best course of action. Due to the
proliferation of animals used by
individuals, including wild animals, the
Department believes that this area needs
some parameters. Therefore, the
Department is proposing to eliminate
certain species from coverage even if the
other elements of the definition are
satisfied.
Comfort animals vs. psychiatric
service animals. Under the Department’s
present regulatory language, some
individuals and entities have assumed
that the requirement that service
animals must be individually trained to
do work or perform tasks excluded all
individuals with mental disabilities
from having service animals. Others
have assumed that any person with a
psychiatric condition whose pet
provided comfort to them was covered
by the ADA. The Department believes
that psychiatric service animals that are
trained to do work or perform a task
(e.g., reminding its owner to take
medicine) for individuals whose
disability is covered by the ADA are
protected by the Department’s present
regulatory approach.
Psychiatric service animals can be
trained to perform a variety of tasks that
assist individuals with disabilities to
detect the onset of psychiatric episodes
and ameliorate their effects. Tasks
performed by psychiatric service
animals may include reminding the
handler to take medicine; providing
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
safety checks, or room searches, or
turning on lights for persons with Post
Traumatic Stress Disorder; interrupting
self-mutilation by persons with
dissociative identity disorders; and
keeping disoriented individuals from
danger.
The Department is proposing new
regulatory text in § 36.104 to formalize
its position on emotional support/
comfort animals, which is that
‘‘[a]nimals whose sole function is to
provide emotional support, comfort,
therapy, companionship, therapeutic
benefits, or promote emotional wellbeing are not service animals.’’ The
Department wishes to state, however,
that the exclusion of emotional support
animals from ADA coverage does not
mean that individuals with psychiatric,
cognitive, or mental disabilities cannot
use service animals. The Department
proposes specific regulatory text in
§ 36.104 to make this clear: ‘‘The term
service animal includes individually
trained animals that do work or perform
tasks for the benefit of individuals with
disabilities, including psychiatric,
cognitive, and mental disabilities.’’ This
language simply clarifies the
Department’s longstanding position and
is not a new position.
The Department’s rule is based on the
assumption that the title II and title III
regulations govern a wider range of
public settings than the settings that
allow for emotional support animals.
The Department recognizes, however,
that there are situations not governed
exclusively by the title II and title III
regulations, particularly in the context
of residential settings and employment,
where there may be compelling reasons
to permit the use of animals whose
presence provides emotional support to
a person with a disability. Accordingly,
other federal agency regulations
governing those situations may
appropriately provide for increased
access for animals other than service
animals.
Modification in policies, practices, or
procedures. The preamble to § 36.302 of
the current title III regulation states that
the regulatory language was intended to
provide the ‘‘broadest feasible access’’ to
individuals with service animals while
acknowledging that, in rare
circumstances, accommodating service
animals may not be required if it would
result in a fundamental alteration of the
nature of the goods or services the
public accommodation provides or the
safe operation of the public
accommodation. 56 FR 35544, 35565
(July 26, 1991). In order to clarify this
provision, the Department is
incorporating into the proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
regulation guidance that it has provided
previously through technical assistance.
Proposed training standards. The
Department has always required that
service animals be individually trained
to do work or perform tasks for the
benefit of an individual with a
disability, but has never imposed any
type of formal training requirements or
certification process. While some groups
have urged the Department to modify
this position, the Department does not
believe such a modification would serve
the array of individuals with disabilities
who use service animals.
Detailed regulatory text changes and
the Department’s response to public
comments on these issues and others are
discussed below in the definition
section, § 36.104, and the section on
modifications in policies, practices, and
procedures, § 36.302(c).
Equipment and furniture. In question
seven of the ANPRM, the Department
asked for comment on whether
regulatory guidance is needed with
respect to the acquisition and use of
free-standing equipment or furnishings
used by covered entities to provide
services, and asked for specific
examples of the circumstances in which
such equipment should be addressed.
The ANPRM explained that freestanding equipment was already
addressed in the regulation in several
different contexts, but because covered
entities continue to raise questions
about their obligations to provide
accessible free-standing equipment, the
Department was considering adding
specific language on equipment. The
Department received comments both in
favor and against new guidance on
accessible equipment and furniture, but
has decided not to add any specific
regulation governing equipment at this
time.
Many businesses were opposed to
additional requirements for freestanding equipment, although they
favored a move toward clarity and
specificity. Some businesses were
concerned that they lack control of the
design or manufacturing of such
equipment.
Most organizations and individuals
representing individuals with
disabilities were in favor of adding or
clarifying requirements for accessible
equipment. Disability organizations
pointed out that from the user’s
perspective, it is not relevant whether
the equipment (e.g., ATMs, vending
machines) is free-standing or fixed,
because the equipment must be
accessible in order for individuals with
disabilities to use it.
A specific point of concern to several
commenters was inaccessible aisles
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
between movable display racks in
stores. The Department’s current
regulation addresses this issue under
barrier removal, requiring that stores
rearrange display racks when readily
achievable but adding the following
exception to § 36.304(f): ‘‘The
rearrangement of temporary or movable
structures, such as furniture, equipment,
and display racks is not readily
achievable to the extent that it results in
a significant loss of selling or serving
space.’’ If the rearrangement of display
racks is not readily achievable, stores
still have an obligation to provide
alternatives to barrier removal, such as
retrieving merchandise from
inaccessible shelves or racks. 28 CFR
36.305(b)(2).
When the title III regulation was
initially proposed in 1991, it contained
a provision concerning accessible
equipment, which required that newly
purchased furniture or equipment that
was made available for use at a place of
public accommodation be accessible,
unless complying with this requirement
would fundamentally alter the goods,
services, facilities, privileges,
advantages, or accommodations offered,
or would not be readily achievable. See
56 FR 7452, 7470–71 (Feb. 22, 1991). In
the final title III regulation promulgated
in 1991, the Department decided not to
include this provision, explaining in the
preamble to the regulation that ‘‘its
requirements are more properly
addressed under other sections, and
. . . there are currently no appropriate
accessibility standards addressing many
types of furniture and equipment.’’ 56
FR 35544, 35572 (July 26, 1991).
Equipment has been covered under
the Department’s ADA regulation,
including under the provision requiring
modifications in policies, practices, and
procedures and the provision requiring
barrier removal, even though there is no
provision specifically addressing
equipment. See 28 CFR 36.302, 36.304.
If a person with a disability does not
have full and equal access to a covered
entity’s services because of the lack of
accessible equipment, the entity must
provide that equipment, unless doing so
would be a fundamental alteration or
would not be readily achievable.
The Department has decided to
continue with this approach, and not to
add any specific regulatory guidance
addressing equipment at this time. It
intends to analyze the economic impact
of future regulations governing specific
types of free-standing equipment. The
2004 ADAAG includes revised
requirements for some types of fixed
equipment that are specifically
addressed in the 1991 Standards, such
as ATMs and vending machines, as well
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
as detailed requirements for fixed
equipment that is not addressed by
name in the current Standards, such as
depositories, change machines, and fuel
dispensers. Because the 2004 ADAAG
provides detailed requirements for
many types of fixed equipment, covered
entities may apply those requirements
to analogous free-standing equipment to
ensure that they are accessible, and to
avoid potential liability for
discrimination. The Department also
believes that when federal guidance for
accessibility exists for equipment
required to be accessible to individuals
who are blind or have low vision,
entities should consult such guidance
(e.g., federal standards implementing
section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, 36
CFR part 1194, or the guidelines that
specify communication accessibility for
ATMs and fare card machines in the
2004 ADAAG, 36 CFR part 1191, App.
D). With regard to the specific issue of
display racks in stores, the Department
does not propose to change the
approach in the current regulation. The
tension between access for individuals
with disabilities and loss of selling
space caused by the arrangement of the
racks within the store is the same
whether the store is newly constructed
or an existing facility. The existing
approach appropriately balances the
needs of businesses and individuals
with disabilities.
Accessible golf cars. Question six of
the ANPRM asked whether golf courses
should be required to make at least one,
and possibly two, specialized golf cars
available for the use of individuals with
disabilities with no greater advance
notice than that required of other
golfers. The ANPRM also asked about
the safety of such cars and their
potential for damaging golf course
greens. Accessible golf cars are designed
for use by individuals with mobility
disabilities and are operated using hand
controls. An individual with a disability
can hit a golf ball while remaining in
the seat of an accessible golf car. Some
accessible golf cars have a swivel,
elevated seat that allows the golfer to
play from a semi-standing position.
Accessible golf cars can be used by
individuals without disabilities as well.
The Department received many
comments on the subject of accessible
golf cars (approximately one quarter of
all comments received), the majority of
which favored a requirement for
accessible golf cars. However, the
Department has decided not to add a
regulation specifically addressing
accessible golf cars at this time.
Comments in support of requiring
courses to provide accessible golf cars
came from individuals both with and
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34517
without disabilities. These commenters
generally supported having one, two, or
multiple cars per course. A number of
comments stressed the social aspect of
golf, generally, and its specific
importance in many business
transactions. Most commenters believed
that no advance notice should be
required to reserve an accessible golf
car. Some golf course owners argued
that a requirement for advance
reservation of an accessible golf car
might allow them to develop pooling
arrangements with other courses.
In response to the Department’s
questions regarding the safety of
accessible golf cars, most commenters
stated that the accessible cars are safe,
do not damage the greens, and speed up
the pace of play. Some commenters
expressed concern about the safety of
accessible golf cars, arguing either that
the cars should pass the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI)
standards for traditional golf cars,2 or
that accessible cars should not be
required until there are applicable safety
standards. Comments from golf courses
with experience in providing accessible
golf cars were generally positive in
terms of the cars’ safety and the impact
on maintenance of the greens and the
course.
As the Department requested, the
public also addressed the issue of
whether a golf course that does not
provide standard golf cars should offer
accessible cars. One commenter
explained that the courses that do not
provide golf cars are often shorter length
courses, such as ‘‘executive’’ or ninehole courses, and that individuals with
disabilities who are learning to play
golf, or who might not have the stamina
to play eighteen holes, would be more
likely to use these courses. Thus,
accessible golf cars should be available
at these courses. This commenter
pointed out that one executive course
that had no traditional—but two
accessible—cars made money on the
single-user cars because individuals
with and without disabilities wanted to
use them.
The Department also received
comments opposing a requirement to
provide accessible golf cars from some
golf course owners, associations, and
individuals. Those opposing such a
requirement argued that there was little
demand for accessible golf cars, or that
the problem could be solved by putting
‘‘medical flags’’ on traditional golf cars.
Such flags might identify cars that were
permitted to have wider use of the
course. Other commenters stated that
accessible golf cars were too expensive
2 ANSI
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
Z130.1–1999.
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34518
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
or were specialized equipment that
individuals with disabilities should
purchase for themselves.
Like some individuals with
disabilities, some commenters who
opposed a requirement for accessible
golf cars also expressed concern about
the lack of safety standards. There were
also concerns that repair costs for greens
or for accessible golf cars would be more
significant than with traditional golf
cars. One commenter suggested that
courses exceeding certain slope and
degree standards be exempted from
having single-user cars. Others argued
that, in practice, the safety issue and the
issue of damage to courses are
negligible.
The Department has decided not to
add a regulation specifically addressing
accessible golf cars at this time. As with
free-standing equipment, the
Department believes that the existing
regulation is adequate to address this
issue. The Department may gain
additional guidance in the future from
the experience of the Department of
Defense, which is planning to provide
two accessible golf cars at each of the
174 golf courses that the Department of
Defense operates, except those at which
it would be unsafe to operate such golf
cars because of the terrain of the course.
See U.S. Department of Defense, Report
to Congress: Access of Disabled Persons
to Morale, Recreation, and Welfare
(MRW) Facilities and Activities (Sept.
25, 2007).
Wheelchairs and other power-driven
mobility devices. Since the passage of
the ADA, choices of mobility aids
available to individuals with disabilities
have vastly increased. In addition to
devices such as wheelchairs and
mobility scooters, individuals with
disabilities may use devices that are not
designed primarily for use by
individuals with disabilities, such as
electronic personal assistive mobility
devices (EPAMDs). (The only available
model known to the Department is the
Segway.) The Department has received
complaints and become aware of
situations where individuals with
mobility disabilities have utilized riding
lawn mowers, golf cars, large
wheelchairs with rubber tracks,
gasoline-powered, two-wheeled
scooters, and other devices for
locomotion in pedestrian areas. These
new or adapted mobility aids benefit
individuals with disabilities, but also
present new challenges for public
accommodations and commercial
facilities.
EPAMDs illustrate some of the
challenges posed by new mobility
devices. The basic Segway model is a
two-wheeled, gyroscopically stabilized,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
battery-powered personal transportation
device. The user stands on a platform
suspended three inches off the ground
by wheels on each side, grasps a Tshaped handle, and steers the device
similarly to a bicycle. The EPAMD can
travel up to 121⁄2 miles per hour,
compared to the average pedestrian
walking speed of 3 to 4 miles per hour
and the approximate maximum speed
for power-operated wheelchairs of 6
miles per hour. In a study of trail and
other nonmotorized transportation users
including EPAMDs, the Federal
Highway Administration (FHWA) found
that the eye height of people using
EPAMDs ranged from 681⁄4 inches to
791⁄2 inches. See Federal Highway
Administration, Characteristics of
Emerging Road and Trail Users and
Their Safety (Oct. 2004), available at
https://www.tfhrc.gov/safety/pubs/04103.
Thus, EPAMDs can operate at much
greater speeds than wheelchairs, and the
average user is much taller than most
wheelchair users.
EPAMDs have been the subject of
debate among users, pedestrians,
disability advocates, state and local
governments, businesses, and bicyclists.
The fact that the device is not designed
primarily for use by or marketed
primarily to individuals with
disabilities, nor used primarily by
persons with disabilities, complicates
the question of whether individuals
with disabilities should be allowed to
operate them in areas and facilities
where other powered devices are not
allowed. Those who question the use of
EPAMDs in pedestrian areas argue that
the speed, size, and operating features of
the devices make them too dangerous to
operate alongside pedestrians and
wheelchair users. Although the question
of their safety has not been resolved,
many states have passed legislation
addressing EPAMD operation on
sidewalks, bicycle paths, and roads. In
addition, some states, such as Iowa and
Oregon, have minimum age
requirements, or mandatory helmet
laws. New Jersey requires helmets for all
EPAMD users, while Hawaii and
Pennsylvania require helmets for users
under a certain age.
While there may be legitimate safety
issues for EPAMD users and bystanders,
EPAMDs and other non-traditional
mobility devices can deliver real
benefits to individuals with disabilities.
For example, individuals with severe
respiratory conditions who can walk
limited distances and individuals with
multiple sclerosis have reported
benefitting significantly from EPAMDs.
Such individuals often find that
EPAMDs are more comfortable and
easier to use than more traditional
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mobility devices and assist with
balance, circulation, and digestion in
ways that wheelchairs do not. See
Rachel Metz, Disabled Embrace Segway,
New York Times, Oct. 14, 2004.
The Department has received
questions and complaints from
individuals with disabilities and
covered entities about which mobility
aids must be accommodated and under
what circumstances. While some
individuals with disabilities support the
use of unique mobility devices, other
individuals with disabilities are
concerned about their personal safety
when others are using such devices.
There is also concern about the impact
of such mobility devices on facilities,
such as the weight of the device on
fragile floor surfaces.
The Department intends to address
these issues and proposes to adopt a
policy that sets the parameters for when
these devices must be accommodated.
Toward that end, the Department
proposes new definitions of the terms
‘‘wheelchair’’—which includes
manually and power-driven wheelchairs
and mobility scooters—and ‘‘other
power-driven mobility device’’ and
accompanying regulatory text. The
proposed definitions are discussed in
the section-by-section analysis of
§ 36.104, and the proposed regulatory
text is discussed in the section-bysection analysis of § 36.311.
Much of the debate surrounding
mobility aids has centered on
appropriate definitions for the terms
‘‘wheelchair’’ and ‘‘other power-driven
mobility devices.’’ The Department has
not defined the term ‘‘manually
powered mobility aids.’’ Instead, the
proposed rule provides a list including
wheelchairs, walkers, crutches, canes,
braces, or similar devices. The inclusion
of the term ‘‘similar devices’’ indicates
that the list is not intended to be
exhaustive. The Department would like
input as to whether addressing
‘‘manually powered mobility aids’’ in
this manner (i.e., via examples of such
devices) is appropriate. The Department
also would like information as to
whether there are any other nonpowered or manually powered mobility
aids that should be added to the list and
an explanation of the reasons they
should be included. If an actual
definition is preferred, the Department
would welcome input with regard to the
language that might be used to define
‘‘manually powered mobility aids,’’ and
an explanation of the reasons this
language would better serve the public.
Auxiliary aids and services:
captioning and video interpreting
services. Section 36.303 of the title III
regulation requires a public
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
accommodation to take such steps as
may be necessary to ensure that no
individual with a disability is excluded,
denied services, segregated, or
otherwise treated differently than other
individuals because of the absence of
auxiliary aids and services, unless the
public accommodation can demonstrate
that taking such steps would
fundamentally alter the nature of the
goods, services, facilities, advantages, or
accommodations being offered or would
result in an undue burden. Implicit in
this duty to provide auxiliary aids and
services is the underlying obligation of
a public accommodation to
communicate effectively with its
customers, clients, patients, or
participants who have disabilities
affecting hearing, vision, or speech, and
their companions.
The Department has investigated
hundreds of complaints alleging that
public accommodations have failed to
provide effective communication, many
of which have resulted in settlement
agreements and consent decrees. During
the course of its investigations, the
Department has determined that public
accommodations sometimes
misunderstand the scope of their
obligations under the statute and the
regulation. Moreover, the number of
individuals with hearing loss continues
to grow in this country as a large
segment of the population ages and as
people live longer.
The Department is proposing several
changes to § 36.303 to update the
regulatory language in response to
numerous technological advances and
breakthroughs in the area of auxiliary
aids and services since the regulation
was promulgated sixteen years ago. The
most significant changes are in the
language regarding video interpreting
services and the provision of effective
communication for companions. In
addition, the Department is discussing
in its preamble to § 36.303 options for
adding captioning and narrative
description that may eventually result
in proposed textual changes. The
specific amendments are described
below in § 36.303 of the section-bysection analysis.
Certification. The current title III
regulation provides that state or local
governments may apply to the
Department for certification that state
laws or local building codes comply
with or exceed the minimum
accessibility requirements of the ADA.
The current submission requirements
and certification process, however, have
proved onerous for state and local
governments and for the Department.
Many have urged the Department to
streamline the certification process and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
make it less cumbersome for state and
local jurisdictions.
In keeping with the Department’s
efforts to clarify legal obligations under
the ADA and harmonize requirements
with other federal laws and model
codes, the proposed rule includes
amendments to subpart F (§§ 36.601–
36.608) to streamline the certification
process. The proposed changes are
intended to provide more flexibility in
the certification process and shorten the
overall time involved. The Department
believes that the adoption of the 2004
ADAAG will help achieve these goals
because it has been further harmonized
with model codes. The specific changes
to subpart F are described below in the
section-by-section analysis.
Section-By-Section Analysis and
Response to Comments
This section provides a detailed
description of the Department’s
proposed changes to the title III
regulation, the reasoning behind the
proposals, and responses to public
comments received on the topic. The
section-by-section analysis follows the
order of the title III regulation itself,
except that if the Department is not
proposing a change to a regulation
section, the unchanged section is not
mentioned.
Subpart A—General
Section 36.104
Definitions
‘‘1991 Standards’’ and ‘‘2004 ADAAG’’
The Department is proposing to add
to the proposed regulation definitions of
both the ‘‘1991 Standards’’ and the
‘‘2004 ADAAG.’’ The term ‘‘1991
Standards’’ refers to the currently
enforceable ADA Standards for
Accessible Design, codified at 28 CFR
part 36, App. A. The term ‘‘2004
ADAAG’’ refers to Parts I and III of the
Americans with Disabilities Act and
Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility
Guidelines, which were issued by the
Architectural and Transportation
Barriers Compliance Board on July 23,
2004, at 69 FR 44084 (to be codified at
36 CFR 1191), and which the
Department is proposing to adopt in this
NPRM. These terms are included in the
definitions section for ease of reference.
‘‘Existing Facility’’
Under the ADA, a facility is initially
classified as one of three types: (1) An
existing facility; (2) an altered facility;
or (3) a newly designed and constructed
facility. In the current regulation, title III
defines new construction at § 36.401(a)
and alterations at § 36.402. In contrast,
the term ‘‘existing facility’’ is not
defined, although it is used in the
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34519
statute and the regulations for titles II
and III. 42 U.S.C. 12182(b)(2)(A)(iv); 28
CFR 35.150.
The Department’s enforcement of the
ADA is premised on a broad
understanding of ‘‘existing facility.’’ The
classifications of facilities under the
ADA regulation are not static. Rather, a
building that was newly designed and
constructed at one time—and therefore
subject to the accessibility standards in
effect at the time—becomes an ‘‘existing
facility’’ after it is completed. At some
point in its life, it may also be
considered ‘‘altered’’ and then again
become ‘‘existing.’’
The added definition of ‘‘existing
facility’’ in the proposed regulation
clarifies that the term means exactly
what it says: A facility in existence on
any given date is an existing facility
under the ADA. If a facility exists, it is
an existing facility whether it was built
in 1989, 1999, or 2009.
‘‘Other Power-Driven Mobility Device’’
The proposed regulation defines the
term ‘‘other power-driven mobility
device’’ as ‘‘any of a large range of
devices powered by batteries, fuel, or
other engines—whether or not designed
solely for use by individuals with
mobility impairments—that are used by
individuals with mobility impairments
for the purpose of locomotion, including
golf carts, bicycles, electronic personal
assistance mobility devices (EPAMDs)
(e.g., Segway), or any mobility aid
designed to operate in areas without
defined pedestrian routes.’’ The
definition is designed to be broad and
inclusive because the Department
recognizes the diverse needs and
preferences of individuals with
disabilities and does not wish to impede
individual choice except when
necessary. Power-driven mobility
devices are included in this category.
Mobility aids that are designed for areas
or conditions without defined
pedestrian areas, such as off-road bike
paths, roads (except where allowed by
law or where a sidewalk is not
provided), freeways, or natural surfaces
such as beaches where there is not a
defined circulation route for
pedestrians, are also included in this
category.
Question 8: Please comment on the
proposed definition of other powerdriven mobility devices. Is the definition
overly inclusive of power-driven
mobility devices that may be used by
individuals with disabilities?
The Department’s proposed regulatory
text on accommodating wheelchairs and
other power-driven mobility devices is
discussed below in § 36.311 of the
section-by-section analysis.
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
34520
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
‘‘Place of Lodging’’
The Department proposes to add a
definition of ‘‘place of lodging’’ that will
be used in proposed § 36.406(c) to
address the coverage of rental
accommodations in time-shares,
condominium hotels, and mixed-use
and corporate hotels. The proposed
definition specifies that a place of
lodging is a facility that provides
guestrooms for sleeping for stays that
are primarily short-term in nature
(generally two weeks or less), where the
occupant does not have the right or
intent to return to a specific room or
unit after the conclusion of his or her
stay, and which operates under
conditions and with amenities similar to
a hotel, motel, or inn, such as an on-site
proprietor and reservations desk. The
factors to be followed in determining
the conditions and amenities of a hotel
include rooms available on a walk-up
basis, linen service, and accepting
reservations for a room type without
guaranteeing a particular unit or room
until check-in, without a prior lease or
security deposit. It is the Department’s
intention that facilities that do not meet
this definition would not be covered by
the proposed § 36.406(c).
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
‘‘Qualified Interpreter’’
The Department proposes to add to
the definition of qualified interpreter to
clarify that the term includes, but is not
limited to, sign language interpreters,
oral interpreters, and cued speech
interpreters.
Not all interpreters are qualified for
all situations. For example, a qualified
interpreter who uses American Sign
Language (ASL) is not necessarily
qualified to interpret orally. Also,
someone with just a rudimentary
familiarity with sign language or finger
spelling is not a qualified sign language
interpreter. Likewise, a qualified sign
language interpreter would not include
someone who is fluent in sign language
but unable to translate spoken
communication into ASL or to translate
signed communication into spoken
words.
The revised definition includes
examples of different types of
interpreters. An oral interpreter has
special skill and training to mouth a
speaker’s words silently for individuals
who are deaf or hard of hearing, many
of whom were raised orally and taught
to read lips or were diagnosed with
hearing loss later in life and do not
know sign language. An individual who
is deaf or hard of hearing may need an
oral interpreter if the speaker’s voice is
unclear, there is a quick-paced exchange
of communication (e.g., in a meeting), or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
when the speaker does not directly face
the individual who is deaf or hard of
hearing. A cued speech interpreter
functions in the same manner as an oral
interpreter except that he or she also
uses a hand code or cue to represent
each speech sound.
‘‘Qualified Reader’’
The current title III regulation
identifies a qualified reader as an
auxiliary aid, but it does not define the
term. See 28 CFR 36.303(b)(2). Based
upon the Department’s investigation of
complaints alleging that some entities
have provided ineffective readers, the
Department proposes to define
‘‘qualified reader’’ similarly to
‘‘qualified interpreter’’ to ensure that
entities select qualified individuals to
read an examination or other written
information in an effective, accurate,
and impartial manner. Failing to
provide a qualified reader to a person
with a disability may constitute a
violation of the requirement to provide
appropriate auxiliary aids and services.
‘‘Qualified Small Business’’
A qualified small business is a
business entity defined as a small
business concern under the regulations
promulgated by the Small Business
Administration (SBA) pursuant to the
Small Business Act. See 15 U.S.C. 632;
13 CFR part 121. Under section
3(a)(2)(C) of the Small Business Act,
federal departments and agencies are
prohibited from prescribing a size
standard for categorizing a business
concern as a small business unless they
have been specifically authorized to do
so or have proposed a size standard in
compliance with the criteria set forth in
the SBA regulations, have provided an
opportunity for public notice and
comment on the proposed standard, and
have received approval from the
Administrator of the SBA to use the
standard. See id. Federal agencies or
departments promulgating regulations
relating to small businesses usually use
SBA size criteria. If they decide
otherwise, they must be prepared to
justify how they arrived at a different
standard and why the SBA’s regulations
do not satisfy the agency’s program
requirements. See 13 CFR 121.903.
The ADA does not define ‘‘small
business’’ or specifically authorize the
Department to prescribe size standards.
The Department believes that the size
standards SBA has developed are
appropriate for determining which
businesses subject to the ADA should be
subject to the proposed safe harbor
provisions. Therefore, the Department
proposes to adopt the SBA’s size
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
standards to define small businesses
under the ADA.
The SBA’s small business size
standards define the maximum size that
a concern, together with all of its
affiliates, may be if it is to be eligible for
federal small business programs or to be
considered a small business for the
purpose of other federal agency
programs. Concerns primarily engaged
in the same kind of economic activity
are classified in the same industry
regardless of their types of ownership
(such as sole proprietorship, partnership
or corporation). Approximately 1200
industries are described in detail in the
North American Industry Classification
System—United States, 2007. For most
places of public accommodation, the
SBA has established a size standard
based on average annual receipts. The
majority of places of public
accommodation will be classified as
small businesses if their average annual
receipts are less than $6.5 million.
However, some will qualify with higher
annual receipts. The SBA’s small
business size standards should be
familiar to most small businesses.
Current standards, which can only be
changed after notice and comment
rulemaking, are available at https://
www.census.gov/epcd/naics07/
naics07fr3.htm.
‘‘Service Animal’’
The Department is proposing to
amend the definition of ‘‘service
animal’’ in § 36.104 of the current
regulation, which is defined as, ‘‘any
guide dog, signal dog, or other animal
individually trained to do work or
perform tasks for the benefit of an
individual with a disability, including,
but not limited to, guiding individuals
with impaired vision, alerting
individuals with impaired hearing to
intruders or sounds, providing minimal
protection or rescue work, pulling a
wheelchair, or fetching dropped items.’’
Proposed § 36.104 would:
1. Remove ‘‘guide’’ or ‘‘signal’’ as
descriptions of types of service dogs and
add ‘‘other common domestic’’ animal
to the Department’s current definition;
2. Remove ‘‘individuals with
impaired vision’’ and replace it with
‘‘individuals who are blind or have low
vision’’;
3. Change ‘‘individuals with hearing
impairments’’ to ‘‘individuals who are
deaf or hard of hearing’’;
4. Replace the term ‘‘intruders’’ with
the phrase ‘‘the presence of people’’ in
the section on alerting individuals who
are deaf or hard of hearing;
5. Add the following to the list of
work and task examples: Assisting an
individual during a seizure, retrieving
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
medicine or the telephone, providing
physical support to assist with balance
and stability to individuals with
mobility disabilities, and assisting
individuals, including those with
cognitive disabilities, with navigation;
6. Add that ‘‘service animal’’ includes
individually trained animals that do
work or perform tasks for the benefit of
individuals with disabilities, including
psychiatric, cognitive, or mental
disabilities;
7. Add that ‘‘service animal’’ does not
include wild animals (including
nonhuman primates born in captivity),
reptiles, rabbits, farm animals
(including horses, miniature horses,
ponies, pigs, and goats), ferrets,
amphibians, and rodents; and
8. Add that animals whose sole
function is to provide emotional
support, comfort, therapy,
companionship, therapeutic benefits, or
promote emotional well-being are not
‘‘service animals.’’
The Department is proposing these
changes in response to concerns
expressed by commenters who
responded to the Department’s ANPRM.
Issues raised by the commenters
include:
‘‘Minimal protection.’’ There were
many comments by service dog users
urging the Department to remove from
the definition ‘‘providing minimal
protection.’’ The commenters set forth
the following reasons: (1) The current
phrase can be interpreted to allow
‘‘protection dogs’’ that are trained to be
aggressive and to provide protection to
be covered under the ADA, so long as
they are paired with a person with a
disability; and (2) since some view the
minimal protection language to mean
that a dog’s very presence can act as a
crime deterrent, the language allows any
untrained pet dog to provide this
minimal protection by its mere
presence. These interpretations were not
contemplated by the ADA or the title III
regulation.
In the Department’s ADA Business
Brief on Service Animals, which was
published in 2002, the Department
interpreted the minimal protection
language within the context of a seizure
(i.e., alerting and protecting a person
who is having a seizure). Despite the
Department’s best efforts, the minimal
protection language appears to have
been misinterpreted. Nonetheless, the
Department continues to believe that it
should retain the ‘‘providing minimal
protection’’ language and interpret the
language to exclude so-called ‘‘attack
dogs’’ that pose a direct threat to others.
Question 9: Should the Department
clarify the phrase ‘‘providing minimal
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
protection’’ in the definition or remove
it?
‘‘Alerting to intruders.’’ Some
commenters argued that the phrase
‘‘alerting to intruders’’ in the current
text has been misinterpreted by some
people to apply to a special line of
protection dogs that are trained to be
aggressive. People have asserted,
incorrectly, that use of such animals is
protected under the ADA. The
Department reiterates that public
accommodations are not required to
admit any animal that poses a direct
threat to the health or safety of others.
The Department has proposed removing
‘‘intruders’’ and replacing it with ‘‘the
presence of people.’’
‘‘Task’’ emphasis. Many commenters
followed the lead of an umbrella service
dog organization in suggesting that
‘‘performing tasks’’ should form the
basis of the service animal definition,
that ‘‘do work’’ should be eliminated
from the definition, and that ‘‘physical’’
should be added to describe tasks. Tasks
by their nature are physical, so the
Department does not believe that such
a change is warranted. In contrast, the
phrase ‘‘do work’’ is slightly broader
than ‘‘perform tasks,’’ and adds meaning
to the definition. For example, a
psychiatric service dog can help some
individuals with dissociative identity
disorder to remain grounded in time or
place. As one service dog user stated, in
some cases ‘‘critical forms of assistance
can’t be construed as physical tasks,’’
noting that the manifestations of ‘‘brainbased disabilities,’’ such as psychiatric
disorders and autism, are as varied as
their physical counterparts. One
commenter stated that the current
definition works for everyone (i.e., those
with physical and mental disabilities)
and urged the Department to keep it.
The Department has evaluated this issue
and believes that the crux of the current
definition (individual training to do
work or perform tasks) is inclusive of
the varied services provided by working
animals on behalf of individuals with
all types of disabilities and proposes
that this portion of the definition remain
the same.
Define ‘‘task.’’ One commenter
suggested defining the term ‘‘task,’’
presumably so that there would be a
better understanding of what type of
service performed by an animal would
qualify for coverage. The Department
feels that the common definition of task
is sufficiently clear and that it is not
necessary to add to the definitions
section. However, the Department has
proposed additional examples of work
or tasks to help illustrate this
requirement in the definition.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34521
Define ‘‘animal’’ or what qualifies
certain species as ‘‘service animals.’’
When the regulations were promulgated
in the early 1990s, the Department did
not define the parameters of acceptable
animal species, and few anticipated the
variety of animals that would be used in
the future, ranging from pigs and
miniature horses to snakes and iguanas.
One commenter suggested defining
‘‘animal’’ (in the context of service
animals) or the parameters of species to
reduce the confusion over whether a
particular service animal is covered.
One service dog organization
commented that other species would be
acceptable if those animals could meet
the behavioral standards of trained
service dogs. Other commenters asserted
that there are certain animals (e.g.,
reptiles) that cannot be trained to do
work or perform tasks, so these animals
would not be covered. The Department
has followed closely this particular
issue (i.e., how many unusual animals
are now claimed as service animals) and
believes that this aspect of the
regulation needs clarification.
To establish a practical and
reasonable species parameter, the
Department proposes to narrow the
definition of acceptable animal species
to ‘‘dog or other common domestic
animal’’ by excluding the following
animals: Reptiles, rabbits, farm animals
(including horses, miniature horses,
ponies, pigs, or goats), ferrets,
amphibians, and rodents. Many
commenters asserted that limiting the
number of allowable species would help
stop erosion of the public’s trust, which
results in reduced access for many
individuals with disabilities, despite the
fact that they use trained service
animals that adhere to high behavioral
standards. The Department is compelled
to take into account practical
considerations of certain animals and
contemplate their suitability in a variety
of public contexts, such as restaurants,
grocery stores, and performing arts
venues.
In addition, the Department believes
that it is necessary to eliminate from
coverage all wild animals, whether born
or bred in captivity or the wild. Some
animals, such as nonhuman primates,
pose a direct threat to safety based on
behavior that can be aggressive and
violent without notice or provocation.
The American Veterinary Medical
Association (AVMA) issued a position
statement against the use of monkeys as
service animals, stating, ‘‘[t]he AVMA
does not support the use of nonhuman
primates as assistance animals because
of animal welfare concerns, the
potential for serious injury and zoonotic
(animal to human disease transmission)
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34522
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
risks.’’ See AVMA position statement,
Nonhuman Primates as Assistance
Animals (2005), available at https://
www.avma.org/issues/policy/
nonhuman_primates.asp. The potential
for nonhuman primates to transmit
dangerous diseases to humans has been
documented in scientific journals.
Although unusual species make up a
very small percentage of service animals
as a collective group, their use has
engendered broad public debate and,
therefore, the Department seeks
comment on this issue.
Question 10: Should the Department
eliminate certain species from the
definition of ‘‘service animal’’? If so,
please provide comment on the
Department’s use of the phrase
‘‘common domestic animal’’ and on its
choice of which types of animals to
exclude.
Question 11: Should the Department
impose a size or weight limitation for
common domestic animals, even if the
animal satisfies the ‘‘common domestic
animal’’ prong of the proposed
definition?
Comfort animals. It is important to
address the concept of comfort animals
or emotional support animals, which
have become increasingly popular,
primarily with individuals with mental
or psychiatric impairments, many of
which do not rise to the level of
disability. Comfort animals are also
used by individuals without any type of
impairment who claim the need for
such animals in order to bring their pets
into places of public accommodation.
The difference between an emotional
support animal and a legitimate
psychiatric service animal is the service
that is provided (i.e., the actual work or
task performed by the service animal).
Another critical factor rests on the
severity of the individual’s impairment.
For example, only individuals with
conditions that substantially limit them
in a major life activity currently qualify
for coverage under the ADA, and only
those individuals will qualify to use a
service animal. See 42 U.S.C. 12102(2)
(defining disability); 28 CFR 36.104
(same). Major life activities include
functions such as caring for oneself,
performing manual tasks, walking,
seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing,
learning, and working. Many Americans
have some type of physical or mental
impairment (e.g., arthritis, anxiety, back
pain, imperfect vision, etc.), but
establishing a physical or mental
disability also requires there to be a
substantial limitation of a major life
activity. Traditionally, service dogs
worked as guides for individuals who
were blind or had low vision. Since the
original regulations were promulgated,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
service animals have been trained to
assist individuals with many different
types of disabilities. In some cases,
individuals with minor impairments
who are not individuals with
disabilities under the Act have
mistakenly concluded that any type of
impairment qualified them for the
ADA’s protection of the right of
individuals with disabilities to use
service animals.
Change ‘‘service animal’’ to
‘‘assistance animal.’’ Some commenters
asserted that ‘‘assistance animal’’ is a
term of art and should replace ‘‘service
animal.’’ While some agencies, like the
Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD), use the term
‘‘assistance animal,’’ that term is used to
denote a broader category of animals
than is covered by the ADA. The
Department believes that changing the
term used under the ADA would create
confusion, particularly in view of the
broader parameters for coverage under
the Fair Housing Act (FHA) cf., HUD
Handbook No. 4350.3 Rev–1, Chg–2,
Occupancy Requirements of Subsidized
Multifamily Housing Programs (June
2007), available at https://
www.hudclips.org. Moreover, the
Department’s proposal to change the
definition of ‘‘service animal’’ under the
ADA is not intended to affect the rights
of people with disabilities who use
assistance animals in their homes under
the FHA. In addition, the Department
wishes to use the term ‘‘psychiatric
service animal’’ to describe a service
animal that does work or performs a
task for the benefit of an individual with
a psychiatric disability. This contrasts
with ‘‘emotional support’’ animals that
are covered under the Air Carrier Access
Act, 49 U.S.C. 41705 et seq., and its
implementing regulations. 14 CFR 382.7
et seq.; see also 68 FR 24874, 24877
(May 9, 2003) (discussing
accommodation of service animals and
emotional support animals on air
transportation), and that qualify as
‘‘assistance animals’’ under the FHA,
but do not qualify as ‘‘service animals’’
under the ADA.
’’Video Interpreting Services’’ (VIS)
The Department has added a
definition of ‘‘video interpreting
services (VIS),’’ a technology composed
of a video phone, video monitors,
cameras, a high-speed Internet
connection, and an interpreter. The
video phone provides video
transmission to a video monitor that
permits the individual who is deaf or
hard of hearing to view and sign to a
video interpreter (i.e., a live interpreter
in another location), who can see and
sign to the individual through a camera
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
located on or near the monitor, while
others can communicate by speaking.
The video monitor can display a split
screen of two live images, with the
interpreter in one image and the
individual who is deaf or hard of
hearing in the other image.
VIS can provide immediate, effective
access to interpreting services seven
days a week, twenty-four hours a day by
allowing people in different locations to
engage in live, face-to-face
communications. Moreover, VIS is
particularly helpful where qualified
interpreters are not readily available
(e.g., for quick response to emergency
hospital visits, in areas with an
insufficient number of qualified
interpreters to meet demand, and in
rural areas where distances and an
interpreter’s travel time present
obstacles).
Along with the addition of the
definition of VIS, other amendments to
the communications section are
discussed below in § 36.303.
‘‘Wheelchair’’
The Department proposes the
following definition of ‘‘wheelchair’’ in
§ 36.104: ‘‘Wheelchair means a device
designed solely for use by an individual
with a mobility impairment for the
primary purpose of locomotion in
typical indoor and outdoor pedestrian
areas. A wheelchair may be manually
operated or power-driven.’’
The proposed definition of
‘‘wheelchair’’ is informed by several
existing definitions of ‘‘wheelchair.’’
Section 507 of the ADA defines
wheelchair in the context of whether to
allow wheelchairs in federal wilderness
areas: ‘‘the term ’wheelchair’ means a
device designed solely for use by a
mobility-impaired person for
locomotion, that is suitable for use in an
indoor pedestrian area.’’ 42 U.S.C.
12207(c)(2). The Department believes
that while this definition is appropriate
in the limited context of federal
wilderness areas, it is not specific
enough to provide clear guidance in the
array of settings covered by title III.
The other existing federal definition
of wheelchair that the Department
reviewed is in the Department of
Transportation regulation implementing
the transportation provisions under title
II and title III of the ADA. The
Department of Transportation’s
definition of wheelchair is ‘‘a mobility
aid belonging to any class of three- or
four-wheeled devices, usable indoors,
designed for and used by individuals
with mobility disabilities, whether
operated manually or powered.’’ 49 CFR
37.3. The Department has adopted much
of the language from this definition.
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Under the proposed definition,
wheelchairs include manually operated
and power-driven wheelchairs and
mobility scooters. Mobility devices such
as golf cars, bicycles, and electronic
personal assistance mobility devices
(EPAMDs) are inherently excluded from
the proposed definition. Typically, the
devices covered under the proposed
definition are single-user, have three to
four wheels, and are appropriate for
both indoor and outdoor pedestrian
areas. However, it could include a
variety of types of wheelchairs and
mobility scooters with individualized or
unique features or models with different
numbers of wheels. ‘‘Typical indoor and
outdoor pedestrian areas’’ refer to
locations and surfaces used by and
intended for pedestrians, including
sidewalks, paved paths, floors of
buildings, elevators, and other
circulation routes, but would not
include such areas as off-road bike
paths, roads (except where allowed by
law or where a sidewalk is not
provided), freeways, or natural surfaces
such as beaches where there is not a
defined circulation route for
pedestrians.
The Department does not propose to
define specific dimensions that qualify
a device as a wheelchair. The
Department of Transportation’s
definition includes a subpart defining
‘‘common wheelchair’’ to provide
guidance for public transit authorities
on which devices must be transported.
A ‘‘common wheelchair’’ is a
wheelchair that ‘‘does not exceed 30
inches in width and 48 inches in length
measured two inches above the ground,
and does not weigh more than 600
pounds when occupied.’’ 49 CFR 37.3.
The narrower definition of ‘‘common
wheelchair’’ was developed with
reference to the requirements for lifts to
establish parameters for the size and
weight a lift can safely accommodate.
See 49 CFR part 37, App. D (2002). The
Department does not believe it is
necessary to adopt stringent size and
weight requirements for wheelchairs.
The Department requests public input
on the proposed definition for
‘‘wheelchair.’’
Question 12: As explained above, the
definition of ‘‘wheelchair’’ is intended to
be tailored so that it includes many
styles of traditional wheeled mobility
devices (e.g., wheelchairs and mobility
scooters). Does the definition appear to
exclude some types of wheelchairs,
mobility scooters, or other traditional
wheeled mobility devices? Please cite
specific examples if possible.
Question 13: Should the Department
expand its definition of ‘‘wheelchair’’ to
include Segways?
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Question 14: Are there better ways to
define different classes of mobility
devices, such as the weight and size of
the device that is used by the
Department of Transportation in the
definition of ‘‘common wheelchair’’?
Question 15: Should the Department
maintain the non-exhaustive list of
examples as the definitional approach
to the term ‘‘manually powered mobility
aids’’? If so, please indicate whether
there are any other non-powered or
manually powered mobility devices that
should be considered for specific
inclusion in the definition, a description
of those devices, and an explanation of
the reasons they should be included.
Question 16: Should the Department
adopt a definition of the term
‘‘manually powered mobility aids’’? If
so, please provide suggested language
and an explanation of the reasons such
a definition would better serve the
public.
The proposed regulation regarding
mobility devices, including
wheelchairs, is discussed below in the
section-by-section analysis for § 36.311.
Subpart B—General Requirements
Section 36.208
Direct Threat
The proposed regulation moves the
definition of direct threat from
§ 36.208(b) to the definitions section at
§ 36.104. This is an editorial change.
Consequently, § 36.208(c) would
become § 36.208(b) in the proposed
regulation.
Section 36.211 Maintenance of
accessible features
The general rule regarding the
maintenance of accessible features,
which provides that a public
accommodation must maintain in
operable working condition those
features of facilities and equipment that
are required to be readily accessible to
and usable by qualified individuals with
disabilities, is unchanged. However, the
Department wishes to clarify its
application and proposes one change to
the section.
The Department has noticed that
some covered entities do not understand
what is required by § 36.211, and it
would like to take the opportunity
presented by this NPRM to clarify.
Section 36.211(a) broadly covers all
features that are required to be
accessible under the ADA, from
accessible routes and elevators to roll-in
showers and signage. It is not sufficient
for a building or other feature to be built
in compliance with the ADA, only to be
blocked or changed later so that it is
inaccessible. A common problem
observed by the Department is that
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34523
covered facilities do not maintain
accessible routes. For example, the
accessible routes in offices or stores are
commonly obstructed by boxes, potted
plants, display racks, or other items so
that the routes are inaccessible to people
who use wheelchairs. Under the ADA,
the accessible route must be maintained
and, therefore, these items are required
to be removed. If the items are placed
there temporarily—for example, if an
office receives multiple boxes of
supplies and is moving them from the
hall to the storage room—then
§ 36.211(b) excuses such ‘‘isolated or
temporary interruptions.’’ Other
common examples of features that must
be maintained, and often are not, are
platform lifts and elevators. Public
accommodations must ensure that these
features are operable and, to meet this
requirement, regular servicing and
making repairs quickly will be
necessary.
The Department proposes to amend
the rule by adding § 36.211(c) to address
the discrete situation in which the
scoping requirements provided in the
proposed standards may reduce the
number of required elements below that
are required by the 1991 Standards. In
that discrete event, a public
accommodation may reduce such
accessible features in accordance with
the requirements in the proposed
standards.
Section 36.302 Modifications in
Policies, Practices, or Procedures
Section 36.302(c)
Service Animals
The Department’s regulation now
states that ‘‘[g]enerally, a public
accommodation shall modify policies,
practices, or procedures to permit the
use of a service animal by an individual
with a disability.’’ 28 CFR 36.302(c)(1).
In general, the Department is proposing
to retain the scope of the current
regulation while clarifying its
longstanding policies and
interpretations.
The Department is proposing to revise
§ 36.302(c) by adding the following
sections as exceptions to the general
rule on access. Proposed § 36.302
would:
1. Expressly incorporate the
Department’s policy interpretations as
outlined in published technical
assistance Commonly Asked Questions
about Service Animals (1996) (https://
www.ada.gov/qasrvc.htm) and ADA
Business Brief: Service Animals (2002)
(https://www.ada.gov/svcanimb.htm) and
add that a public accommodation may
ask an individual with a disability to
remove a service animal from the
premises if: (1) The animal is out of
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34524
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
control and the animal’s owner does not
take effective action to control it; (2) the
animal is not housebroken or the
animal’s presence or behavior
fundamentally alters the nature of the
service the public accommodation
provides (e.g., repeated barking during a
live performance); or (3) the animal
poses a direct threat to the health or
safety of others that cannot be
eliminated by reasonable modifications;
2. Add that if a place of public
accommodation properly excludes a
service animal, the public
accommodation must give the
individual with a disability the
opportunity to obtain goods, services, or
accommodations without having the
service animal on the premises;
3. Add requirements that the work or
tasks performed by a service animal
must be directly related to the handler’s
disability; that a service animal that
accompanies an individual with a
disability into a place of public
accommodation must be individually
trained to do work or perform a task, be
housebroken, and be under the control
of its owner; and that a service animal
must have a harness, leash, or other
tether;
4. Modify the language in
§ 36.302(c)(2), which currently states,
‘‘[n]othing in this part requires a public
accommodation to supervise or care for
a service animal,’’ to read, ‘‘[a] public
accommodation is not responsible for
caring for or supervising a service
animal,’’ and relocate this provision to
proposed § 36.302(c)(5). (This proposed
language does not require that the
person with a disability care for his or
her service animal if care can be
provided by a family member, friend,
attendant, volunteer, or anyone acting
on behalf of the person with a
disability.);
5. Expressly incorporate the
Department’s policy interpretations as
outlined in published technical
assistance Commonly Asked Questions
about Service Animals (1996) (https://
www.ada.gov/qasrvc.htm) and ADA
Business Brief: Service Animals (2002)
(https://www.ada.gov/svcanimb.htm)
that a public accommodation must not
ask about the nature or extent of a
person’s disability, nor require proof of
service animal certification or licensing,
but that a public accommodation may
ask: (i) If the animal is required because
of a disability; and (ii) what work or
tasks the animal has been trained to
perform;
6. Add that individuals with
disabilities who are accompanied by
service animals may access all areas of
a public accommodation where
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
members of the public are allowed to go;
and
7. Expressly incorporate the
Department’s policy interpretations as
outlined in published technical
assistance Commonly Asked Questions
about Service Animals (1996) (https://
www.ada.gov/qasrvc.htm) and ADA
Business Brief: Service Animals (2002)
(https://www.ada.gov/svcanimb.htm) and
add that a public accommodation must
not require an individual with a
disability to pay a fee or surcharge, post
a deposit, or comply with requirements
not generally applicable to other patrons
as a condition of permitting a service
animal to accompany its handler in a
place of public accommodation, even if
such deposits are required for pets, and
that if a public accommodation
normally charges its clients or
customers for damage that they cause, a
customer with a disability may be
charged for damage caused by his or her
service animal.
These changes will respond to the
following concerns raised by
individuals and organizations that
commented in response to the ANPRM.
Proposed behavior or training
standards. Some commenters proposed
behavior or training standards for the
Department to adopt in its revised
regulation, not only to remain in
keeping with the requirement for
individual training, but also on the basis
that without training standards the
public has no way to differentiate
between untrained pets and service
animals. Because of the variety of
individual training that a service animal
can receive—from formal licensing at an
academy to individual training on how
to respond to the onset of medical
conditions, such as seizures—the
Department is not inclined to establish
a standard that all service animals must
meet. While the Department does not
plan to change the current policy of no
formal training or certification
requirements, some of the behavioral
standards that it has proposed actually
relate to suitability for public access,
such as being housebroken and under
the control of its handler.
Hospital and healthcare settings.
Public accommodations, including
hospitals, must modify policies,
practices, or procedures to permit the
use of a service animal by an individual
with a disability. 28 CFR 36.302(c)(1).
The exception to this requirement is if
making the modification would
fundamentally alter the nature of the
goods, services, facilities, privileges,
advantages, or accommodations. Id. at
36.302(a). The Department generally
follows the guidance of the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
on the use of service animals in a
hospital setting.
As required by the ADA, a healthcare
facility must permit a person with a
disability to be accompanied by his or
her service animal in all areas of the
facility in which that person would
otherwise be allowed, with some
exceptions. Zoonotic diseases can be
transmitted to humans through trauma
(bites, scratches, direct contact,
arthropod vectors, or aerosols).
Although there is no evidence that most
service animals pose a significant risk of
transmitting infectious agents to
humans, animals can serve as a
reservoir for a significant number of
diseases that could potentially be
transmitted to humans in the healthcare
setting. A service animal may
accompany its owner to such areas as
admissions and discharge offices, the
emergency room, inpatient and
outpatient rooms, examining and
diagnostic rooms, clinics, rehabilitation
therapy areas, the cafeteria and vending
areas, the pharmacy, rest rooms, and all
other areas of the facility where visitors
are permitted, except those listed below.
Under the ADA, the only
circumstances under which a person
with a disability may not be entitled to
be accompanied by his or her service
animal are those rare circumstances in
which it has been determined that the
animal poses a direct threat to the
health or safety of others. A direct threat
is defined as a significant risk to the
health or safety of others that cannot be
eliminated or mitigated by a
modification of policies, practices, or
procedures. Based on CDC guidance, it
is generally appropriate to exclude a
service animal from areas that require a
protected environment, including
operating rooms, holding and recovery
areas, labor and delivery suites,
newborn intensive care nurseries, and
sterile processing departments. See
Centers for Disease Control, Guidelines
for Environmental Infection Control in
Health-Care Facilities:
Recommendations of CDC and the
Healthcare Infection Control Practices
Advisory Committee (June 2003),
available at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/
preview/mmwrhtml/rr5210a1.htm.
Section 36.302(e) Hotel Reservations
Each year, the Department receives
many complaints about failed
reservations. Most of these complaints
involve individuals who have reserved
an accessible hotel room only to
discover upon arrival that the room they
reserved is either not available or not
accessible. Although reservations
services were not addressed in the
ANPRM, commenters noted the ongoing
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
problem with hotel reservations and
urged the Department to provide
regulatory guidance on the issue.
The reservations policies, practices,
and procedures of public
accommodations are subject to title III’s
general and specific nondiscrimination
provisions. See 42 U.S.C. 12182; 28 CFR
36.302. With this NPRM, the
Department proposes to address hotel
reservations within its regulation on
modifications to policies, practices, and
procedures. See 28 CFR 36.302.
The proposed rule is based on
straightforward nondiscrimination
principles: individuals with disabilities
should be able to reserve hotel rooms
with the same efficiency, immediacy,
and convenience as those who do not
need accessible guest rooms. Currently,
this simple premise appears more often
to be the exception than the rule.
General rule on reservations. The
Department’s proposed § 36.302(e)(1)
states the general rule that a public
accommodation that owns, leases (or
leases to), or operates a place of lodging
shall modify its policies, practices, and
procedures to ensure that individuals
with disabilities can make reservations
for accessible guest rooms in the same
way as others (i.e., during the same
hours and in the same manner as
individuals who do not need accessible
rooms).
Reservations can be made in many
different ways—in person, on the
phone, directly with the hotel, with a
parent company, or through a travel
agency. The proposed rule is meant to
reach any public accommodation that
owns, leases (or leases to), or operates
a place of lodging, and is not limited to
a hotel’s operation of its own
reservations service. Thus, the rule
would apply equally to corporations
that own one or more hotel chains and
provide a system by which prospective
customers can reserve guest rooms, as
well as to franchisors that provide
reservation services. All covered entities
must modify their policies and practices
to ensure parity in reservations policies
between those who need accessible
rooms and those who do not.
Identification of accessible guest
rooms. Proposed § 36.302(e)(2) states
that hotel reservations services must
identify and describe the accessible
features in the hotels and guest rooms.
This requirement is integral to ensuring
that individuals with disabilities receive
the information they need to benefit
from the services offered by the place of
lodging. As a practical matter, a public
accommodation’s designation of a guest
room as ‘‘accessible’’ will not
necessarily ensure that the room
complies with all of the 1991 Standards.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
In older facilities subject to barrier
removal, strict compliance with the
1991 Standards is not required. Public
accommodations must remove barriers
to the extent that it is readily achievable
to do so. Individuals with disabilities
must be able to ascertain which
features—in new and existing
buildings—are included in the hotel’s
accessible guest rooms. The presence or
absence of particular accessible features
may be the difference between a room
that is usable by a person with a
disability and one that is not.
Information about the availability and
nature of accessible features will
minimize the risk that individuals with
disabilities will reserve a room that is
not what was expected or needed.
Guarantees of accessible guest room
reservations. Section 36.302(e)(3)
provides that a public accommodation
that owns, operates, leases (or leases to)
a place of lodging shall guarantee
accessible guest rooms that are reserved
through a reservations service to the
same extent that it guarantees rooms
that are not accessible. The Department
recognizes that not all reservations are
guaranteed and the proposed rule does
not impose an affirmative duty to do so.
When a public accommodation typically
guarantees hotel reservations (absent
unforeseen circumstances), it must
provide the same guarantee for
accessible guest rooms. Because the
Department is aware that reservation
guarantees take many different forms
(e.g., an upgrade within the same hotel
or a comparable room in another hotel),
the Department seeks comment on the
current practices of hotels and third
party reservations services with respect
to ‘‘guaranteed’’ hotel reservations and
the impact of requiring a public
accommodation to guarantee accessible
rooms to the extent it guarantees other
rooms.
Question 17: What are the current
practices of hotels and third party
reservations services with respect to
‘‘guaranteed’’ hotel reservations? What
are the practical effects of requiring a
public accommodation to guarantee
accessible guest rooms to the same
extent that it guarantees other rooms?
Finally, although not included in the
proposed regulation as currently
drafted, the Department is seeking
comment on whether additional
regulatory guidance is needed on the
policies, practices, and procedures by
which public accommodations hold and
release accessible hotel guest rooms,
and whether third party travel agents
should be subject to the requirements
set out in § 36.302(e)(2) and § 36.302
(e)(3).
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34525
Hold and release of accessible guest
rooms and third-party reservations.
With respect to the hold and release of
accessible guest rooms, the Department
has addressed this issue in settlement
agreements and recognizes that current
practices vary widely. As in the
ticketing context, regulating in the area
of hotel reservations involves
complicated issues, such as guest room
dispersion and variable pricing. The
Department is concerned about current
practices by which accessible guest
rooms are released to the general public
even though the hotel is not sold out. In
such instances, individuals with
disabilities may be denied an equal
opportunity to benefit from the services
offered by the public accommodation,
i.e., a hotel guest room.
The Department also recognizes that
the proposed rule does not reach all
public accommodations that are
engaged in the business of providing
hotel reservations. As discussed above,
the rule reaches public accommodations
that own, lease (or lease to), or operate
a place of lodging. It does not reach an
entity that, for example, owns or
operates a travel agency, while the
agency or service is independent of any
place of lodging. Public
accommodations that own, lease (or
lease to), or operate places of lodging are
required to provide the information
prescribed by the proposed rule to third
parties like travel agencies, but the third
parties are not, independently, liable. At
this juncture, the Department seeks
comment from individuals, businesses,
and advocacy groups as to whether such
entities should be required to identify
and describe accessible features in hotel
rooms available through their services,
and whether such entities should be
subject to the guarantee obligations set
out in proposed § 36.302(e)(2) and
§ 36.302(e)(3).
Question 18: What are the current
practices of hotels and third-party
reservations services with respect to (1)
holding accessible rooms for individuals
with disabilities and (2) releasing
accessible rooms to individuals without
disabilities? What factors are considered
in making these determinations? Should
public accommodations be required to
hold one or more accessible rooms until
all other rooms are rented, so that the
accessible rooms would be the last
rooms rented?
Question 19: Should a public
accommodation that does not itself
own, lease (or lease to), or operate a
place of lodging but nevertheless
provides reservations services, including
reservations for places of lodging, be
subject to the requirements of proposed
§ 36.302(e)(2) and (e)(3)?
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Section 36.302(f)
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34526
Ticketing
The ticketing policies and practices of
public accommodations are subject to
title III’s general and specific
discrimination provisions. See 42 U.S.C.
12182; 28 CFR 36.302. Through the
investigation of complaints, its
enforcement actions, and public
comments related to ticketing, the
Department is aware of the need to
provide regulatory guidance to entities
involved in the sale or distribution of
tickets. With this NPRM, the
Department proposes to include a
section on ticketing within the
regulation on modifications to policies,
practices, and procedures. See 28 CFR
36.302.
In response to the ANPRM,
individuals with disabilities and related
advocacy groups commented that the
reduced requirements for accessible
seating in assembly areas underscored
the need for clarification from the
Department on ticketing related issues.
One disability advocacy group asserted,
that in order to guarantee equal access
to assembly areas for people with
disabilities, it is necessary to provide
complementary design standards, sales
policies, and operational procedures.
The Department agrees that more
explicit regulation is needed to ensure
that individuals with disabilities are not
improperly denied access to events
because of discriminatory procedures
for the sale of wheelchair spaces. The
Department’s enforcement actions have
demonstrated that some venue
operators, ticket sellers and distributors
are not properly implementing title III’s
nondiscrimination provisions.
The Department has entered into
agreements addressing problems with
ticketing sales and distribution by
requiring specific modifications to
ticketing policies. While these
negotiated settlement agreements and
consent decrees rest on fundamental
nondiscrimination principles, they
represent solutions tailored to specific
facilities. The Department believes that
guidance in this area is needed, but also
recognizes that ticketing practices and
policies vary with venue size and event
type, and that a ‘‘one-size-fits-all’’
approach may be unrealistic.
The proposed rule clarifies the
application of title III with respect to
ticketing issues in certain contexts, and
is intended to strike a balance between
a covered entity’s desire to maximize
ticket sales and the rights of individuals
with disabilities to attend events in
assembly areas in a manner that is equal
to that afforded to individuals without
disabilities. The proposed rule does not,
however, purport to cover or clarify all
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
aspects or applications of title III to
ticketing issues. Moreover, the rule
applies only to the sale or distribution
of tickets that are sold or distributed on
a preassigned basis. Tickets sold for
most motion pictures, for example,
would not be affected by the proposed
rule.
Because this rule addresses ticketing
policies and practices for stadiums,
arenas, theaters, and other facilities in
which entertainment and sporting
events are held, its provisions are
related to and informed by those in
proposed § 36.308 (discussed below in
the section-by-section analysis of
§ 36.308), which covers seating in
assembly areas. Section 221 of the
proposed standards reduces the scoping
requirements for accessible seating in
assembly areas. After the proposed
standards are finalized, the scoping
reduction will apply to all public
accommodations. See proposed 28 CFR
36.211(c).
Ticket distribution methods. Section
36.302(f)(1) states the general rule that
a public accommodation shall modify
its policies, practices, and procedures to
ensure that individuals with disabilities
can purchase single or multi-event
tickets for accessible seating in the same
way as others, i.e., during the same
hours and through the same distribution
methods as other seating is sold. Tickets
can be purchased in many different
ways: in person or on the phone,
directly through the venue, or through
a third-party company. The proposed
rule makes clear that it is meant to reach
all public accommodations that provide
a service by which individuals can
purchase event tickets, and is not
limited to a venue’s operation of its own
ticketing systems.
The Department has received
numerous complaints from individuals
who were denied the opportunity to
acquire tickets for accessible seats
through avenues such as ticketing
presales, promotions, lotteries, or
waitlists. The proposed rule, at
§ 36.302(f)(2), makes clear that public
accommodations must include
accessible seating in all stages of the
ticketing process, including presales,
promotions, lotteries, or waitlists.
Identification of available accessible
seating. Section 36.302(f)(3) of the
proposed rule requires a facility to
identify available accessible seating. In
the Department’s investigations of
theaters and stadiums, the Department
has discovered that many facilities lack
an accurate inventory of the accessible
seating in their venues, and that this
information gap results in lost
opportunities for patrons who need
accessible seating. For some public
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
accommodations, multiple inventories
may be required to account for different
uses of the facility because the locations
of accessible seating may change in an
arena depending on whether it is used
for a hockey game, a basketball game, or
a concert. The proposed rule further
requires that the facility identify the
accessible seating on publicly available
seating charts. This transparency will
facilitate the accurate sale of accessible
seating.
Proposed § 36.302(f)(4) requires
public accommodations to provide
individuals with disabilities with
accurate information about the location
of accessible seating. The proposed rule
specifically prohibits the practice of
‘‘steering’’ individuals with disabilities
to certain wheelchair spaces so that the
facility can maximize potential ticket
sales for other unsold wheelchair
spaces.
Season tickets and multiple event
sales. Proposed § 36.302(f)(5) addresses
the sale of season tickets and other
tickets for multiple events. The
proposed rule provides that public
accommodations must sell season
tickets or tickets for multiple events for
accessible seating in the same manner
that such tickets are sold to those
purchasing general seating. The rule
also states that spectators purchasing
tickets for accessible seating on a multievent basis shall be permitted to transfer
tickets for single-event use by friends or
associates in the same fashion and to the
same extent as other spectators holding
tickets for the same type of ticketing
plan. A facility must provide a portable
seat for the transferee to use, if
necessary.
Secondary market ticket sales. The
Department is aware that the proposed
rule may represent a significant change
in practice for many public
accommodations with respect to
‘‘secondary market’’ ticket sales.
Because the secondary market is a
recognized—and often integral—part of
the ticketing distribution system for
many venues and activities, individuals
with disabilities will be denied an equal
opportunity to benefit from the goods
offered—attendance at an event—if
public accommodations have no
obligations with respect to accessible
seating bought or sold in this way. In
conjunction with the proposed rule, the
Department seeks comment about
public accommodations’ current
practices with respect to the secondary
market for tickets, and the anticipated
impact of the proposed rule on different
types of facilities or events.
Question 20: If an individual resells a
ticket for accessible seating to someone
who does not need accessible seating,
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
should the secondary purchaser be
required to move if the space is needed
for someone with a disability?
Question 21: Are there particular
concerns about the obligation imposed
by the proposed rule, in which a public
accommodation must provide accessible
seating, including a wheelchair space
where needed, to an individual with a
disability who purchases an
‘‘inaccessible’’ seat through the
secondary market?
Release of unsold accessible seats.
Proposed § 36.302(f)(6) provides
regulatory guidance regarding the
release of unsold accessible seats.
Through its investigations, the
Department has become familiar with
the problem of designated accessible
seating being sold to the general public
before people who need accessible
seating buy tickets. As a result,
individuals who need to use the
accessible seating cannot attend the
event.
The Department has entered into
agreements addressing this problem by
requiring specific modifications to
ticketing policies. The Department
believes that guidance in this area is
needed, but also recognizes that
ticketing practices and policies vary
with venue size and event type, and that
a ‘‘one-size-fits-all’’ approach may be
unrealistic. These options provide
flexibility so that ticketing policies can
be adjusted according to the venue size
and event type.
Facility sell-out. Proposed
§ 36.302(f)(6)(i) allows for the release of
unsold accessible seating once standard
seats in the facility have been sold, but
luxury boxes, club boxes, or suites are
not required to be sold out before the
remaining accessible seats are released.
To implement this option, the release of
unsold accessible seating should be
done according to an established,
written schedule. Blocks of seats should
be released in stages, and should
include tickets in a range of price
categories and locations that is
representative of the range of seating
that remains available to other patrons.
Sell-outs in specific seating areas.
Under the second contingency,
proposed § 36.302(f)(6)(ii), a facility
could release unsold accessible seating
in a specific seating area if all of the
standard seats in that location were sold
out. For example, if all seats in the
orchestra level are sold, the unsold
accessible seats in the orchestra level
could be released for sale to the general
public.
Sell-outs in specific price ranges. The
third approach described at proposed
§ 36.302(f)(6)(iii) permits a public
accommodation to release unsold
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
accessible seats in a specific price range
if all other seats in that price range were
sold out. For example, if all $50 seats
were sold, regardless of their location,
the unsold $50 accessible seats may be
released for sale to the general public.
Question 22: Although not included
in the proposed regulation, the
Department is soliciting comment on
whether additional regulatory guidance
is required or appropriate in terms of a
more detailed or set schedule for the
release of tickets in conjunction with the
three approaches described above. For
example, does the proposed regulation
address the variable needs of assembly
areas covered by the ADA? Is additional
regulatory guidance required to
eliminate discriminatory policies,
practices, and procedures related to the
sale, hold, and release of accessible
seating? What considerations should
appropriately inform the determination
of when unsold accessible seating can
be released to the general public?
Ticket pricing. Section 36.302(f)(7) of
the proposed rule addresses ticket
pricing. The proposed rule codifies the
Department’s longstanding policy that
public accommodations cannot impose
a surcharge for wheelchair spaces.
Accessible seating must be made
available at all price levels for an event.
If an existing facility has barriers to
accessible seating at a particular price
level for an event, then a percentage
(determined by the ratio of the total
number of seats at that price level to the
total number of seats in the assembly
area) of the number of accessible seats
must be provided at that price level in
an accessible location. In no case shall
the price of any particular accessible
seat exceed the price that would
ordinarily be charged for an inaccessible
seat in that location. For example, many
theaters built prior to the passage of the
ADA have balconies that are
inaccessible to people who use
wheelchairs, and the only wheelchair
spaces are located in the orchestra level
in which tickets are more expensive. If
a comparably sized balcony in a theater
built under the ADA ’s new
construction standards would have two
wheelchair spaces, the existing theater
must sell two orchestra wheelchair
spaces at the balcony price on a first
come, first served basis.
Fraudulent purchase of designated
accessible seating. The Department has
received numerous comments regarding
fraudulent attempts to purchase
wheelchair spaces for patrons other than
those who use wheelchairs. Moreover,
the Department recognizes that the
implementation of some of its
proposals, such as those relating to the
public identification of accessible
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34527
seating, increase the potential for the
fraudulent purchase of accessible seats
by those who do not need them. The
Department continues to believe that
requiring an individual to provide proof
that he or she is a person with a
disability is an unnecessary and
burdensome invasion of privacy and
may unfairly deter individuals with
disabilities who seek to purchase tickets
to an event.
Notwithstanding this position, the
proposed rule at § 36.302(f)(8) permits
public accommodations to take certain
steps to address potential ticket fraud. A
covered entity may inquire at the time
of the ticket purchase whether the
wheelchair space is for someone who
uses a wheelchair. For season or
subscription tickets, a facility may
require the purchaser to attest in writing
that the wheelchair space is for someone
who uses a wheelchair. However, the
proposed rule preserves the right of an
individual with a disability to transfer
his or her ticket for individual events
and clarifies that the intermittent use of
the wheelchair space by a person who
does not use a wheelchair does not
constitute fraud.
Purchase of multiple tickets. The
Department has received numerous
complaints that public accommodations
are unfairly restricting the number of
tickets that can be purchased by
individuals with disabilities. Many
public accommodations limit the
number of tickets an individual with a
disability may purchase, requiring the
individual to purchase no more than
two tickets (for himself or herself and a
companion), while other patrons have
significantly higher purchase limits (if
any). This is particularly unfair for
families, friends, or other groups larger
than two that include a person who
requires accessible seating. If the ticket
number is limited, the result for
wheelchair users is that parents and
children, friends, classmates, and others
are separated. Section 36.302(f)(9)
clarifies the application of title III to
ameliorate such a situation.
There are various ways that covered
entities can accommodate groups that
require at least one wheelchair space.
The proposed regulation permits up to
three companions to sit in a designated
wheelchair area, platform, or cross-over
aisle that is designated as a wheelchair
area, even if the number of companions
outnumbers the individuals requiring a
wheelchair space. For example, a parent
who uses a wheelchair could attend a
concert with his or her spouse and their
two children who do not use
wheelchairs, and all four could sit
together in the wheelchair area. The
Department recognizes that some
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
34528
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
advocates may object to this use of
designated wheelchair areas because it
will reduce the amount of accessible
seating available for those who need it.
On balance, however, the Department
believes that the opportunity to sit with
family and friends, as other patrons do,
is an integral element of the experience
of attending a ticketed event, and it is
an element that is often denied to
individuals with disabilities.
By limiting the number of tickets that
can be purchased under this provision
to four, the Department seeks a balance
by which groups and families can be
accommodated while still leaving ample
space for other individuals who use
wheelchairs. The Department seeks
comments from individuals, business
entities, and advocacy organizations on
whether the proposed rule will
appropriately effectuate the integration
and nondiscrimination principles
underlying the rule.
Question 23: Is the proposed rule
regarding the number of tickets that a
public accommodation must permit
individuals who use wheelchairs to
purchase sufficient to effectuate the
integration of wheelchair users with
others? If not, please provide
suggestions for achieving the same
result with regard to individual and
group ticket sales.
Group ticket sales. Group ticket sales
present another area in which the
Department believes additional
regulatory guidance is appropriate. The
purpose of the proposed rule is to
prevent the current practice of
separating groups in a way that isolates
or segregates those in the group who
require wheelchair seating. For group
sales, if a group includes one or more
individuals who use a wheelchair, the
proposed rule requires the facility to
place that group in a seating area that
includes wheelchair spaces so that, if
possible, the group can sit together. If it
is necessary to divide the group, it
should be divided so that the
individuals in the group who use
wheelchairs are not isolated from the
group. In existing facilities that lack
accessible seating in certain areas (e.g.,
a theater with an inaccessible balcony)
the proposed regulation requires
covered entities to seat at least three
companions with the individual using a
wheelchair in the accessible seating area
of the orchestra.
Section 36.303 Auxiliary Aids and
Services
Captioning, narrative description, and
video interpreting services. The
Department is proposing changes to
§ 36.303 in order to codify its
longstanding policies in this area, and to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
propose amendments based on
technological advances and
breakthroughs in the area of auxiliary
aids and services since the original
regulation was published more than
sixteen years ago. The Department is
proposing to add video interpreting
services (VIS) to the regulatory text and
is discussing in this preamble options
for addressing captioning and narrative
description.
Several types of auxiliary aids that
have become more readily available
have been added to § 36.303. The
Department has added a new technology
in § 36.303(b)(1), video interpreting
services (VIS), which consists of a video
phone, video monitors, cameras, a highspeed Internet connection, and an
interpreter. The video phone provides
video transmission to a video monitor
that permits the individual who is deaf
or hard of hearing to view and sign to
a video interpreter (i.e., a live
interpreter in another location), who can
see and sign to the individual through
a camera located on or near the monitor,
while others can communicate by
speaking. The video monitor can
display a split screen of two live images,
the interpreter in one image and the
individual who is deaf or hard of
hearing in the other image. VIS can
provide immediate, effective access to
interpreting services seven days a week,
twenty-four hours a day by allowing
people in different locations to engage
in live, face-to-face communications.
Moreover, VIS is particularly helpful
when qualified interpreters are not
readily available (e.g., for quick
responses to emergency hospital visits,
in areas with an insufficient number of
qualified interpreters to meet demand,
and in rural areas where distances and
an interpreter’s travel time present
obstacles).
For purposes of clarification, the
Department proposes to add to
§ 36.303(b)(1) the exchange of written
notes as an example of an auxiliary aid
or service. This common-sense example
is a codification of the Department’s
longstanding policy with regard to title
III entities, and was included in the
preamble to the original regulation. See
56 FR 35544, 35566 (July 26, 1991). This
additional example of an appropriate
auxiliary aid or service was inserted
because many entities do not realize
that this easy and efficient means is
available to them. While the exchange of
written notes is inappropriate for
lengthy or complicated
communications, it can be appropriate
for situations such as routine purchases
in a department store or at a sports
arena, or as a means of communication
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
while awaiting the arrival of an
interpreter.
In § 36.303(b)(2), the Department
proposes to insert additional examples
of auxiliary aids and services for
individuals who are blind or have low
vision. The preamble to the 1991 title III
regulation makes clear that the original
list was illustrative and that ‘‘additional
examples such as signage or mapping,
audio description services, secondary
auditory programs (SAP), telebraillers,
and reading machines * * * may be
considered appropriate auxiliary aids
and services.’’ 56 FR 35544, 35566.
Because technological advances in the
seventeen years since the ADA was
enacted have increased the range of
auxiliary aids and services for those
who are blind or have low vision, the
Department has added additional
examples, including brailled displays,
screen reader software, magnification
software, optical readers, secondary
auditory programs (SAP), and accessible
electronic and information technology.
The Department proposes replacing
the term ‘‘telecommunications devices
for deaf persons (TDD’s)’’ with ‘‘text
telephones (TTYs)’’ in § 36.303(b)(1).
Although ‘‘TDD’’ is the term used in the
ADA, ‘‘TTY’’ has become the commonly
accepted term and is consistent with the
terminology used by the Access Board
in the 2004 ADAAG. Second, the
Department has inserted in
§ 36.303(d)(2) additional types of
auxiliary aids and services that can
effectively provide telephone
communication for individuals who are
deaf or hard of hearing. Two of the
auxiliary aids now included—public
telephones equipped with volume
control mechanisms and hearing aidcompatible telephones—are designed
for individuals who are hard of hearing.
The third added auxiliary aid or service
is VIS, which is an alternative designed
for individuals who are deaf. A public
accommodation need not provide all of
these auxiliary aids and services, but
should offer those needed to provide
effective communication.
Companions. The Department’s
proposed language for § 36.303(c)
imposes no new obligations on places of
public accommodation. The first
sentence of § 36.303(c)(1) adds the
phrase ‘‘and their companions,’’ so that
the sentence now reads: ‘‘A public
accommodation shall furnish
appropriate auxiliary aids and services
where necessary to ensure effective
communication with individuals with
disabilities and their companions who
are individuals with disabilities.’’ A
new § 36.303(c)(1)(i) defines
‘‘companion’’ as ‘‘a family member,
friend, or associate of a program
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
participant who, along with the
participant, is an appropriate person
with whom the public accommodation
should communicate.’’ Section
36.303(c)(1)(ii) advises that public
accommodations should be aware that
the method of communication used by
the individual and the nature, length,
and complexity of the communication
involved are factors to be considered by
the public accommodation in
determining what type of auxiliary aid
or service is necessary. See, e.g.,
Department of Justice, The Americans
with Disabilities Act, Title III Technical
Assistance Manual, Covering Public
Accommodations and Commercial
Facilities (Title III TA Manual), III–
4.300, available at https://www.ada.gov/
taman3.html. For example, an
individual with a disability who is deaf
or hard of hearing may need a qualified
interpreter to discuss with hospital
personnel a diagnosis, procedures, tests,
treatment options, surgery, or prescribed
medication (e.g., dosage, side effects,
drug interactions, etc.). In comparison,
an individual who is deaf or hard of
hearing who purchases an item in the
hospital gift shop may only need an
exchange of written notes to achieve
effective communication.
The Department is proposing to add
companions to the scope of coverage of
§ 36.303 to emphasize that the ADA
applies in some instances in which a
public accommodation needs to
communicate with a family member,
friend, or associate of the program
participant in order to provide its
services. Examples of such situations
include when a school communicates
with the parent of a child during a
parent-teacher meeting or in a lifethreatening situation, when a hospital
needs to communicate with an injured
person’s companion to obtain necessary
information. In such situations, if the
companion is deaf or hard of hearing,
blind, has low vision, or has a disability
that affects his or her speech, it is the
public accommodation’s responsibility
to provide appropriate auxiliary aid or
service to communicate effectively with
the companion. Where communication
with a companion is necessary to serve
the interests of a person who is
participating in a public
accommodation’s services, programs, or
activities, effective communication must
be assured.
Companions in health care settings.
Effective communication is particularly
critical in health care settings where
miscommunication may lead to
misdiagnosis and improper or delayed
medical treatment. Under the ADA,
hospitals must provide effective means
of communication for patients and their
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
companions with disabilities. The
Department has encountered confusion
and reluctance by medical care
providers regarding the scope of their
obligation with respect to such
companions. Effective communication
with a companion with a disability is
necessary in a variety of circumstances.
For example, a companion may be
legally authorized to make health care
decisions on behalf of the patient or
may need to help the patient with
information or instructions given by
hospital personnel. In addition, a
companion may be the patient’s next of
kin or health care surrogate with whom
hospital personnel communicate
concerning the patient’s medical
condition. Moreover, a companion
could be designated by the patient to
communicate with hospital personnel
about the patient’s symptoms, needs,
condition, or medical history. It has
been the Department’s longstanding
position that public accommodations
are required to provide effective
communication to companions when
they accompany patients to medical
care providers for treatment.
Consultation on auxiliary aid or
service. A public accommodation
should consult with the individual with
a disability, wherever possible, to
determine what auxiliary aid or service
would provide effective
communication. In many cases, more
than one auxiliary aid or service will
provide effective communication, and
the individual with a disability can
provide invaluable information as to
what auxiliary aids are effective. For
example, it could be difficult to provide
effective communication using written
notes involving someone with a
developmental disability or in severe
pain, or if a public accommodation were
to provide a qualified ASL interpreter,
when an individual needs an oral
interpreter instead. Both examples
illustrate the importance of consulting
with the individual with a disability.
Proposed § 36.303(c)(2) states that a
public accommodation shall not require
an individual with a disability to bring
another individual to interpret for him
or her. The Department is adding this
language to emphasize that when a
public accommodation is interacting
with a person with a disability, it is the
public accommodation’s responsibility
to provide an interpreter to ensure that
the communication is as effective as its
communications with others. It is not
appropriate to require the person with a
disability to bring another individual to
provide such services or, when an
accompanying individual is present, to
expect that individual to provide such
services.
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34529
Limited instances in which an
accompanying individual may interpret.
Section 36.303(c)(3) codifies the
Department’s policy that there are very
limited instances when a public
accommodation may rely on an
accompanying individual to interpret or
facilitate communication: (1) In an
emergency involving a threat to public
safety or welfare; or (2) if the individual
with a disability specifically requests it,
the accompanying individual agrees to
provide the assistance, and reliance on
that individual for this assistance is
appropriate under the circumstances. In
such instances, the public
accommodation is still required to offer
to provide an interpreter free of charge.
In no circumstances should a child be
used to facilitate communication with a
parent about a sensitive matter. The
Department has produced a video and
several publications that explain this
and other ADA obligations in law
enforcement settings. They may be
viewed at https://www.ada.gov or
ordered from the ADA Information Line
(800–514–0301 (voice) or 800–514–0383
(TTY)).
Public accommodations must be
aware that considerations of privacy,
confidentiality, emotional involvement,
and other factors may adversely affect
the ability of family members or friends
to facilitate communication. In addition,
the Department stresses that privacy and
confidentiality must be maintained. We
note that covered entities, such as
hospitals, that are subject to the Privacy
Rules, 45 CFR parts 160, 162, and 164,
of the Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA),
Public Law 104–191, are permitted to
disclose to a patient’s relative, close
friend, or any other person identified by
the patient (such as an interpreter)
relevant patient information if the
patient agrees to such disclosures. The
agreement need not be in writing.
Covered entities should consult the
HIPAA Privacy Rules regarding other
ways disclosures might be able to be
made to such persons.
Telecommunications. The Department
is proposing to reorganize § 36.303(d)
and make several substantive changes
that reflect changing terminology and
technology.
The heading ‘‘Telecommunications
devices for the deaf (TDDs)’’ currently at
§ 36.303(d) is replaced by the broader
heading ‘‘Telecommunications.’’
Paragraph (d)(1) is retitled,
‘‘Telephones’’ and altered to address
situations in which a public
accommodation must provide an
effective means to communicate by
telephone for individuals with
disabilities, including the use of
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34530
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
automated attendant systems, which are
electronic, automated systems and that
are a common method for answering
and directing incoming calls to places of
public accommodation. The Department
has become aware that individuals with
disabilities who use TTYs or
telecommunications relay services—
primarily those who are deaf or hard of
hearing or who have speech-related
impairments—have been unable to use
automated attendant systems because
they are not compatible with TTYs or
telecommunications relay services.
Automated attendant systems often
disconnect before the individual using
one of these calling methods can
complete the communication. The
Department, therefore, proposes a new
§ 36.303(d)(1)(i) that requires that
individuals using telecommunications
relay services or TTYs must be able to
connect to and use effectively any
automated attendant system used by a
public accommodation.
The Department declined to address
this issue in the 1991 regulations
because it believed that it was more
appropriate for the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) to
address this in its rulemaking under
title IV of the ADA. See 56 FR 35544,
35567 (July 26, 1991). Because the FCC
has since raised this concern with the
Department and requested that the
Department address it, it is now
appropriate to raise this issue in the title
III regulation.
As mentioned above in the discussion
of § 36.303(b), the Department is
replacing the term ‘‘telecommunications
devices for the deaf (TDDs)’’ wherever it
occurs throughout the proposed
regulation with the term ‘‘text
telephones (TTYs).’’ Thus,
§ 36.303(d)(2) is entitled, ‘‘Text
telephones (TTY),’’ and where ‘‘TDD’’ is
used in this portion, it is replaced by
‘‘TTY.’’ Aside from these updates to
terminology and adjustments to the
section numbering, proposed
§ 36.303(d)(2) is unchanged
substantively from current § 36.303(d).
Video interpreting services. Section
36.303(f) has been added to establish
performance standards for video
interpreting services (VIS), a system the
Department recognizes as a means to
provide qualified interpreters quickly
and easily. VIS also has economic
advantages, is readily available, and
because of advances in video
technology, can provide a high quality
interpreting experience. Circumventing
the difficulty of providing live
interpreters quickly, more public
accommodations are providing qualified
interpreters via VIS.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
There are downsides to VIS, such as
frozen images on the screen, or when an
individual is in a medical care facility
and is limited in moving his or her
head, hands, or arms. Another downside
is that the camera may mistakenly focus
on an individual’s head, which makes
communication difficult or impossible.
In addition, the accompanying audio
transmission might be choppy or
garbled, making spoken communication
unintelligible. Lastly, the Department is
aware of complaints that some public
accommodations have difficulty setting
up and operating VIS, because staff have
not been appropriately trained.
To address these potential problems,
the Department is proposing the
inclusion of four performance standards
for VIS to ensure effective
communication: (1) High quality, clear,
real-time, full-motion video and audio
over a dedicated high-speed Internet
connection; (2) a clear, sufficiently
large, and sharply delineated picture of
the participant’s heads, arms, hands,
and fingers, regardless of his or her body
position; (3) clear transmission of
voices; and (4) nontechnicians who are
trained to set up and operate VIS
quickly.
Finally, the changes enumerated
above result in the current § 36.303(f),
‘‘Alternatives,’’ being moved to
§ 36.303(h).
Captioning at movie theaters. The
Department is considering options
under which it might require that movie
theater owners and operators exhibit
movies that are captioned for patrons
who are deaf or hard of hearing. Both
open and closed captioning are
examples of auxiliary aids and services
under the Department’s regulation. 28
CFR 36.303(b)(1). Open captions are
similar to subtitles in that the text is
visible to everyone in the theater, while
closed captioning displays the written
text of the audio only to those
individuals who request it. The ADA
itself contains no explicit language
regarding captioning in movie theaters,
but the legislative history of title III
states that, ‘‘[o]pen-captioning * * * of
feature films playing in movie theaters,
is not required by this legislation. Film
makers, are, however, encouraged to
produce and distribute open-captioned
versions of films and theaters are
encouraged to have at least some preannounced screenings of a captioned
version of feature films.’’ H.R. Rep. No.
101–485 (II), at 108 (1990), reprinted in
1990 U.S.C.C.A.N. 303, 389–91; S. Rep.
No. 101–116 at 64 (1989). Congress was
silent, however, on the question of
closed captioning in movie theaters, a
technology not yet developed at that
time for first run movies, while
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
acknowledging that closed captions may
be an effective auxiliary aid and service
for making aurally delivered
information available to individuals
who are deaf or hard of hearing. See
H.R. Rep. No. 101–485 (II), at 108
(1990), reprinted in 1990 U.S.C.C.A.N.
at 303, 391. In addition, Congress stated
that ‘‘technological advances can be
expected to further enhance options for
making meaningful and effective
opportunities available to individuals
with disabilities. Such advances may
require public accommodations to
provide auxiliary aids and services in
the future which today would not be
required because they would be held to
impose undue burdens on such
entities.’’ Id.
Similarly, in 1991, the Department
stated that ‘‘[m]ovie theaters are not
required * * * to present opencaptioned films,’’ but was silent as to
closed captioning. 56 FR 35544, 35567
(July 26, 1991). The Department also
noted, however, that ‘‘other public
accommodations that impart verbal
information through soundtracks on
films, video tapes, or slide shows are
required to make such information
accessible to persons with hearing
impairments. Captioning is one means
to make the information accessible to
individuals with disabilities.’’ Id. The
Department cited in its regulation ‘‘open
and closed captioning,’’ as examples of
auxiliary aids and services. 28 CFR
36.303(b)(1).
Captioning makes films accessible to
individuals whose hearing is too limited
to benefit from assistive listening
devices. Technological advances since
the early 1990s have made open and
closed captioning for movies more
readily available and effective. Movie
theater owners generally do not pay for
open movie captions; rather, the cost
generally is absorbed by the movie
studios. Originally, the captions had to
be burned onto select film prints, which
would be distributed to theaters around
the country. These prints usually were
not captioned and distributed at the
same time the movie was released to the
general public, but only after a film had
experienced some commercial success.
This technology has evolved, however,
and burning captions onto individual
film prints is no longer necessary. Due
to advances in digital technology,
captions can be turned on or off in
digital format without having to use a
separate film print with the hard
captions burned on. As a result,
captions can be superimposed onto the
film at theaters. In addition, digital
projection systems send all captions and
audio to the theaters on a hard disk or
via satellite, and a digital projector is
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
used to display the movie. While movie
theater owners need to purchase
expensive projectors in order to display
digital movies, the Department
understands that movie theater
operators are moving to digital film and
are entering into creative agreements to
help finance the projectors. Open
captioning can now be done before a
movie is released to the public.
Closed captioning displays the
written text of the audio only to those
individuals who request captioning.
With some closed captioning systems,
the captions are displayed on the back
wall of the theater as the movie is
shown on the movie screen and
reflected onto portable devices at the
seats of patrons who are deaf or hard of
hearing. Another system involves
captioning that the patron receives
through electronic devices, such as
personal digital assistants (PDAs), using
mobile wireless technology. The
individual wears a pair of glasses or a
head band that plugs into the PDA (i.e.,
a wireless transmitter sends the captions
to each moviegoer using the device),
and that produces ‘‘floating’’ captions
that appear as if they are several meters
in front of the viewer’s eyes.
Significantly, more than half of the
feature films produced by the major
movie studios now provide some form
of captioning.
While the Department has not
required that the movie theater industry
caption its presentations, during the
mid-1990s, as closed captioning became
available, the Department began
requiring in certain settlement
agreements that presentations be closed
captioned. See Agreement Between Walt
Disney World Co. and the United States
(Jan. 17, 1997), available at https://
www.ada.gov/disagree.htm (requiring
captioning for film, video, and video
monitors that are part of an attraction or
that provide information).
The Department is aware that the
courts have split on the question of
whether captioning should be provided
at movie theaters. See Ball v. AMC
Entm’t, 246 F. Supp. 2d 17 (D.D.C. 2003)
(denying defendant movie operators’
motion for summary judgment and
noting that a closed captioned system is
an auxiliary aid or service that could be
required under the ADA); Cornilles v.
Regal Cinema, No. Civ. 00–173–AS,
2001 WL 34041789 (D. Or. Dec. 11,
2001) (unpub. op.) (rejecting plaintiff’s
request that all films at a movie theater
be captioned, noting that defendants
already provide some captioning); Todd
v. American Multi-Cinema, Inc., No.
Civ. A. H–02–1944, 2004 WL 1764686
(S.D. Tex. Aug. 5, 2004) (unpub. op.)
(granting summary judgment for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
defendant because of plaintiffs’ inability
to rebut defendants’ claims that
providing a specific type of closed
captioning constituted an undue
burden). The judge in the Ball case cited
legislative history for the proposition
that captioning may be required, noting
that technological advances may
‘‘require public accommodations to
provide auxiliary aids and services in
the future which today would not be
required’’ and that the type of
accommodation and services provided
* * * [under the ADA] should ‘‘keep
pace with the rapidly changing
technology of the times.’’ 246 F. Supp.
2d at 22 (citing H.R. Rep. No. 101–
485(II) at 108).
Several state Attorney General Offices
around the country have begun
negotiating agreements and, in some
instances, initiating lawsuits to ensure
that movie theater owners and operators
provide captioning at certain movie
screenings.
Although captioning was not
mentioned in the ANPRM, two
commenters requested that captioning
be provided and a movie theater owner
urged the Department not to require
movie theaters to provide captioning or
narrative description services.
The Department is considering
options under which it might require
captioning for movies exhibited by
public accommodations, while
recognizing that the movie industry is in
transition as more movies are made in
digital format and movie theater owners
and operators begin to purchase digital
projectors. Movie theater owners and
operators with digital projectors have
available to them different options for
providing captioning than those without
digital projectors. The Department is
aware of the flux in the technology used
to exhibit movies and seeks comments
regarding how to require captioning
while the film industry transitions to a
digital format. Also, the Department is
concerned about the potential cost to
exhibit captioned movies, although that
cost may vary depending upon whether
open or closed captioning is used and
whether or not digital projectors are
used. The Department is cognizant that
the cost of captioning must stay within
the parameters of the undue burden
requirement in 28 CFR 36.303(a).
The Department is considering the
possibility of requiring that, after the
effective date of the revised regulation,
a public accommodation will exhibit all
new movies in captioned format at
every showing. The Department would
not specify which types of captioning to
provide, but would instead leave that to
the discretion of the movie theater
owners and operators.
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34531
Question 24: Should the Department
require that, one year after the effective
date of this regulation, public
accommodations exhibit all new movies
in captioned format at every showing? Is
it more appropriate to require
captioning less frequently? Should the
requirement for captioning be tied to the
conversion of movies from film to the
use of a digital format? Please include
specifics regarding how frequently
captioning should be provided.
Narrative description. The
Department is also considering options
under which it might require that movie
theater owners and operators exhibit
movies with narrative descriptions,
which enable individuals who are blind
or have low vision to enjoy movies by
providing a spoken interpretation of key
visual elements of a movie, such as
actions, settings, facial expressions,
costumes, and scene changes. The
descriptions are narrated and recorded
onto an audiotape or disk that can be
synchronized with the film as it is
projected. For example, a special reader
head attached to the film projector can
read a timecode track printed on the
film, which then sends a signal using an
infrared or FM transmitter to the theater
where the narration can be heard on
headsets equipped with receivers and
worn by the movie patron.
As with captioning, the same two
issues arise with this technology: the
cost and the change to digital movies
and projectors. The Department
understands that the cost of narrative
description equipment is less than that
for closed captioning. Generally, movie
studios contract with entities to provide
the narrative description, and it can be
done at the same time captioning is
created. The Department understands
that when theaters move to digital
technology, both the caption data and
the narrative descriptions can be
embedded into the digital signal that is
projected.
Question 25: Should the Department
require that, one year after the effective
date of this revised regulation, a public
accommodation will exhibit all new
movies with narrative description?
Would it be more appropriate to require
narrative description less frequently?
Should the requirement for narrative
description of movies be tied to the use
of a digital format? If so, why? Please
include specifics regarding how
frequently narrative description should
be provided.
Captioning at sporting venues. The
Department is aware that individuals
who are deaf or hard of hearing have
expressed concerns that they are
unaware of information that is provided
over the public address systems.
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34532
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Therefore, in § 36.303(g), the
Department is proposing that sports
stadiums with a capacity of 25,000 or
more provide captioning for patrons
who are deaf or hard of hearing for
safety and emergency information
announcements made over the public
address system. There are various
options that could be used for providing
captioning, such as on a scoreboard, on
a line board, on a handheld device, or
other methods.
Question 26: The Department believes
that requiring captioning of safety and
emergency information made over the
public address system in stadiums
seating fewer than 25,000 has the
potential of creating an undue burden
for smaller entities. However, the
Department requests public comment
about the effect of requiring captioning
of emergency announcements in all
stadiums, regardless of size. Would such
a requirement be feasible for small
stadiums?
Question 27: The Department is
considering requiring captioning of
safety and emergency information in
sports stadiums with a capacity of
25,000 or more within a year of the
effective date of the regulation. Would a
larger threshold, such as sports
stadiums with a capacity of 50,000 or
more, be more appropriate or would a
lower threshold, such as stadiums with
a capacity of 15,000 or more, be more
appropriate?
Question 28: If the Department
adopted a requirement for captioning at
sports stadiums, should there be a
specific means required? That is, should
it be provided through any effective
means (scoreboards, line boards,
handheld devices, or other means), or
are there problems with some means,
such as handheld devices, that should
eliminate them as options?
Question 29: The Department is aware
that several major stadiums that host
sporting events, including National
Football League football games at Fed
Ex Field in Prince Georges County,
Maryland, currently provide open
captioning of all public address
announcements, and do not limit
captioning to safety and emergency
information. What would be the effect of
a requirement to provide captioning for
patrons who are deaf or hard of hearing
for game-related information (e.g., playby-play information), safety and
emergency information, and any other
relevant announcements?
Section 36.304 Removal of Barriers
The Department is offering for public
comment several proposed additions to
§ 36.304, which requires the removal of
architectural or communications
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
barriers that are structural in nature
when it is readily achievable to do so.
These proposed additions are designed
to mitigate financial burdens on covered
entities, while at the same time ensuring
that individuals with disabilities have
access to existing facilities. Discussed
below, in turn, is a proposal for a safe
harbor provision and a reduced scoping
option that would apply to all public
accommodations, as well as a proposal
for a safe harbor provision and an
exemption that would apply only to
qualified small businesses as defined in
§ 36.104.
The proposed additions stem from the
Department’s proposal to adopt the 2004
ADAAG and from comments the
Department received in response to its
ANPRM from small business advocates
expressing concern with the
Department’s interpretation of the
barrier removal requirement. The reason
that the Department’s proposal to adopt
the 2004 ADAAG is relevant to barrier
removal is that the Department
approaches barrier removal by reference
to the alterations standard. 28 CFR
36.304(d)(1); 56 FR 35544, 35570 (July
26, 1991). To the extent that it is readily
achievable to do so, public
accommodations must comply with the
requirement for alterations by following
the accessibility standards in Appendix
A of the existing regulation. Id. By
specifying that covered entities follow
the 1991 Standards, the regulation
provides clear guidance on both what
constitutes a barrier and how to make an
existing facility accessible to and usable
by individuals with disabilities. Id.
Because the Department uses the 1991
Standards as a guide to identify what
constitutes a barrier, the proposed
standards will provide a new reference
point in assessing an entity’s obligations
for readily achievable barrier removal.
As discussed above, the 2004 ADAAG
contains several changes from the 1991
Standards. Some of those changes are
additions; the 2004 ADAAG introduces
requirements for elements in facility
types, like recreational facilities and
play areas, that are not in the 1991
Standards. In other situations the
changes are incremental, and were
added either because of additional study
by the Access Board or in order to
harmonize requirements with the model
codes. It is the incremental changes that
are relevant to the Department’s first
proposed addition to § 36.304, the
proposal of an element-by-element safe
harbor for all public accommodations.
The Department has prepared a detailed
matrix that identifies both the
incremental changes and the new
requirements in Appendix 8 of its
Regulatory Impact Analysis, which is
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
available for public review at https://
www.ada.gov. The elements listed as
numbers 1 through 66 on the matrix are
incremental changes that the
Department deems to be subject to the
safe harbor.
The safe harbors discussed in the
following paragraphs are available for
specific building elements that comply
with the 1991 Standards. If a public
accommodation identified barriers but
did not remove them because it was not
readily achievable because of cost
considerations, that public
accommodation has a continuing
obligation to remove those barriers if the
economic considerations for the public
accommodation change. For example, a
business upturn may provide the ability
to pay for physical changes to the
facility, or technological advances may
have reduced the costs of a previously
expensive modification. Regardless of
the reason that barrier removal has not
yet been accomplished, any barrier
removal undertaken after the effective
date of this rule must comply with the
proposed standards to the extent that it
is readily achievable to do so.
Element-by-element safe harbor for
public accommodations. The
Department is proposing to amend
§ 36.304(d) in order to adopt a safe
harbor for elements in existing facilities
that comply with the 1991 Standards, or
option I in the ANPRM. This provision
is proposed § 36.304(d)(2). What is
currently § 36.304(d)(2) in the regulation
would be redesignated as § 36.304(d)(6).
Specifically, the new § 36.304(d)(2)
codifies a safe harbor for all elements
that are in compliance with the specific
requirements—both the scoping and
technical specifications—of the 1991
Standards. Elements in existing
facilities that are not altered after the
effective date of this rule, and that
comply with the 1991 Standards, are not
required to be modified in order to
comply with the proposed standards.
This safe harbor provision is not a
blanket exemption for facilities.
Compliance with the 1991 Standards is
determined on an element-by-element
basis in each covered facility. As noted,
elements that the Access Board
addressed for the first time in the
supplemental guidelines (e.g., play area
requirements introduced in the
supplemental guidelines, etc.) would
not be subject to the safe harbor. Of
course, this safe harbor would have no
effect on noncompliant elements.
Barrier removal is an ongoing
obligation. To the extent that elements
in existing facilities that impose barriers
are not already in compliance with the
1991 Standards, public accommodations
would be required to modify such
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
elements to comply with the proposed
standards.
The proposed safe harbor reflects the
Department’s determination that it
would be an inefficient use of resources
to require covered entities that have
complied with the 1991 Standards to
retrofit elements simply to comply with
the proposed standards if the change
provides only a minimal improvement
in accessibility. To a substantial degree,
the barrier has already been removed. In
addition, covered entities would have a
strong disincentive for voluntary
compliance if, every time the applicable
standards are revised, covered entities
are required once again to modify
elements simply to keep pace with new
proposals.
The Department recognizes, however,
that there are also considerations
opposing this approach. While the
incremental benefit of the revisions may
be minimal with respect to some
elements, with respect to others the
proposed standards may confer a
significant benefit on some individuals
with disabilities that would be
unavailable—except of course when
public accommodations and commercial
facilities undergo alterations or new
construction—if this option is adopted.
Because there are valid arguments on
both sides of this issue, the Department
sought public comment on this issue in
its ANPRM.
General comments regarding safe
harbor. The Department received
numerous comments on this option in
the ANPRM. Generally, covered entities
favored a safe harbor, while entities
representing individuals with
disabilities did not. Some disability
rights groups, however, favored the safe
harbor, arguing that the marginal
improvements in accessibility were
insufficient to ask entities to retrofit
elements that work for most individuals
with disabilities. One disability rights
group commented that proposing new
standards without a safe harbor would
penalize compliant businesses, who
would have to pay for retrofits twice,
and reward scofflaws, who would have
avoided the expense of complying with
the current law. Some businesses
opposed the application of a safe harbor
and, instead, encouraged the
government to consider other avenues
for reducing costs, like providing tax
relief for businesses. A tax credit is
already available to small businesses (as
defined in the tax code), and larger
businesses can receive a tax deduction.
26 U.S.C. 44.
Several disability groups and state
advocacy centers felt that there was no
need for a safe harbor because the
statute already controls costs by limiting
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
required actions to what is ‘‘readily
achievable.’’ 28 CFR 36.304. The
statutory defense maximizes
accessibility by requiring case-specific,
individualized determinations that
excuse strict compliance when it is too
difficult or costly. The safe harbor, by
contrast, would exempt even some
actions that are readily achievable.
Similarly, disability rights groups
objected to a blanket rule when the
facilities at issue vary so greatly, arguing
that large companies should be able to
do more to provide accessibility than
smaller businesses.
A broad cross section of industries
and advocates for industry favored the
safe harbor approach organizations
representing retail establishments,
hotels and lodging, and recreational
facilities. These entities raised issues
related to cost, reliance on federal law,
and fair play. Industry advocates were
concerned not only with the cost of
making the actual changes, but also with
the cost of assessing their facilities for
compliance with the incremental
changes, arguing that the money would
be better spent on other, higher priority
accessibility measures.
As noted earlier in the general
discussion of the safe harbor proposals,
some commenters proposed that the
Department treat the proposed
standards like most building codes
when they are updated and apply them
prospectively only. Under the
International Building Code, for
example, an existing structure is
generally grandfathered provided that
the building meets a minimum level of
safety. See International Code Council,
International Bldg. Code, Commentary,
section I.206 (2003); International
Existing Bldg. Code, Commentary,
section 101.4 (2003).
While the Department agrees
generally with the goal of aiming for
consistency between the ADA Standards
and building codes—indeed, great effort
in the development of the 2004 ADAAG
was undertaken to create consistency
with building codes where possible—
there are critical differences between the
2004 ADAAG and building codes. The
ADA is a civil rights statute, not a
building and safety code. Its primary
goal is to ensure access and equality for
individuals with disabilities. It is also a
relatively new law, and much of the
built environment remains inaccessible.
Nevertheless, the Department is asking
for public input on a more limited
version of this approach that would
exempt owners and operators of places
of public accommodation from
compliance with the supplemental
requirements for play areas and
recreation facilities.
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34533
Specific areas of dispute. Commenters
expressed specific concern with the
application of a safe harbor to four
discrete areas: reach ranges, ATMs,
seating in assembly areas, and access to
swimming pools. Part of the reason the
Department received so many comments
about reach ranges and swimming pools
may owe to the fact that the Department
used these requirements in its ANPRM
in order to illustrate the application of
a safe harbor. With the exception of
swimming pools, which are discussed
below in § 36.304(d)(4)(ii), these
concerns are addressed, in turn, in the
following paragraphs.
Maximum side reach ranges. Reach
ranges apply to a variety of building
elements, including light switches, key
pads, electrical outlets, fire alarm pulls,
card readers, thermostats, elevator
controls, pay phones, and other
elements. The 2004 ADAAG includes a
change in the maximum height of a side
reach range from 54 inches in the
current ADA Standards, to 48 inches in
the 2004 ADAAG. The change related to
the needs of little people, and, not
surprisingly, the most vocal opposition
for a safe harbor came from groups
representing little people. Commenters
argued that the lowered height of
operable controls can mean the
difference between independence and
dependence. One individual argued that
little people can become trapped in
elevators, posing serious safety risks,
when the controls are over 48 inches
high. Two groups strongly opposed a
safe harbor for side reach ranges, one of
which estimated that the revised reach
range will provide access to an
additional half million individuals with
disabilities.
Industry commenters asserted that
requiring existing facilities to apply the
new requirement would mean, among
other things, that entities would be
required to lower every light switch in
every building to the extent it is readily
achievable. One business group noted
that thousands of businesses have
already internalized the cost of lowering
operating controls from 60 inches to 54
inches to comply with the 1991
Standards, and that an additional
retrofit would require an additional
commitment of funds. A small business
association stated that lowering pay
phones would be a significant expense
to the pay phone industry, which is
already incurring losses due to the
introduction of cell phones on the
market. Other associations expressed
concerns about vending machines, most
of which now comply with the 54-inch
reach range.
Potential solutions that do not require
structural modifications were offered by
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34534
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
disability advocacy groups. One
national advocacy group stated that
public accommodations could provide
relatively low-cost solutions to the
problem, such as light switch extension
handles or other inexpensive
alternatives to relocating operating
controls. Some commenters noted that,
while it is not an ideal solution,
individuals of short stature may choose
to carry equipment that would enable
them to reach controls.
Independence and ready accessibility
are significant goals in the ADA. The
Department would like to hear further
from individuals of short stature
whether there are discrete areas—like
operating controls in elevators—that are
either significant to daily living or pose
safety risks that cannot be ameliorated
by extension handles or similar, less
expensive devices. The 48-inch
maximum reach range would apply
fully to alterations and new
construction. Similarly, elements that
do not comply with the existing
requirement of a 48-inch reach range
would also be required to meet the new
48-inch reach range.
ATMs. Several commenters expressed
concern about the application of a safe
harbor to ATMs. Specifically, ‘‘talking
ATMs’’—or ATMs with speech output
that are independently usable by
individuals who are blind or have low
vision—are an important issue for one
advocacy group, as well as for the
banking and ATM industries. The 1991
Standards use a performance test,
requiring that ‘‘[i]nstructions and all
information for use shall be made
accessible to and independently usable
by persons with vision impairments.’’
28 CFR part 36, App. A, section 4.34.4.
The 2004 ADAAG has a similar
requirement that more specifically
spells out what is necessary for ATMs
to be speech-enabled. Under the 2004
ADAAG, there are specific design
requirements for speech output, and
speech must be delivered through a
mechanism that is readily available to
all users. See 2004 ADAAG section
707.5.
Some individuals who are blind or
have low vision fear that a safe harbor
would derail the efforts they have made
to ensure that ATMs have speech
output. The banking and ATM
industries object to retrofitting all
existing ATMs, arguing it requires both
hardware and software changes that can
be expensive in certain cases. They also
argue that retrofitting is inefficient,
since most machines, especially those in
banks, are replaced every seven to nine
years, a relatively short life span
compared to other elements in facilities,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
and will be updated when they are
replaced.
Because new ATMs are generally
equipped with speech output, this is a
time-limited issue that really affects a
discrete group of stand-alone ATMs in
rural areas or small retail locations, like
gas stations or convenience stores.
Industry commenters describe a practice
by which used machines in urban areas
or larger banks are generally sold to
smaller entities or placed in rural areas
as new machines are purchased. ATMs
vary in their technological
sophistication, and it is more expensive
to adapt the smaller, stand-alone
machines.
Even though the ATM requirement
appears in the 1991 Standards, the
Department has traditionally treated the
speech or communication element as
subject to the requirements for auxiliary
aids and services in § 36.303. The
Department’s preamble to its regulation
explained that, ‘‘[g]iven that § 36.304’s
proper focus is on the removal of
physical barriers, the Department
believes that the obligation to provide
communications equipment and devices
* * * is more appropriately determined
by the requirements for auxiliary aids
and services under § 36.303.’’ 56 FR
35544, 35568. When the Department
later discussed ATMs as they relate to
barrier removal in the 1991 regulation,
the Department referred only to those
aspects of the ATM that make it
physically accessible to individuals
with mobility disabilities. Id.
The safe harbor provision applies
only to readily achievable barrier
removal; the Department is not planning
to apply a safe harbor to the requirement
for auxiliary aids and services. ATMs
that lack speech output are not eligible
for a safe harbor. Although the
Department is not applying a safe harbor
to the communication-related
requirements on ATMs, the Department
is proposing a new section dealing with
equipment that the Department hopes
will resolve some of the concerns raised
by both sides. The issue of whether it
is permissible for an entity to purchase
used ATMs that do not have speech
output remains an open question, and
the Department is proposing questions
designed to elicit more specific feedback
from the industry in the section dealing
with equipment. The Department offers
for comment a narrowly drawn
exemption for small, stand-alone ATMs,
in which entities would be allowed to
purchase used ATMs without speech
output in certain circumstances.
Stadium-style theaters. Finally,
commenters expressed concern
regarding the application of a safe
harbor to stadium-style theaters. Lines
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of sight and dispersal of wheelchair
seating in assembly areas, especially in
stadium-style theaters, have been the
subject of litigation. The 1991 Standards
require that wheelchair seating ‘‘provide
people with physical disabilities a
choice of admissions prices and lines of
sight comparable to those for members
of the general public.’’ The 2004
ADAAG adopts specific design
guidelines for lines of sight and the
dispersal of wheelchair seating. Cf. 28
CFR part 36, App. A, section 4.33.3;
2004 ADAAG sections 221, 802. As the
Department explained in the ANPRM,
however, this guideline is merely the
codification of longstanding Department
policy. Because the requirements in the
2004 ADAAG are not a change from that
policy, entities that comply with the
Department’s policy will also be in
compliance with the relevant provisions
in the proposed standards.
Reduced scoping for public
accommodations, small facilities, and
qualified small businesses. As noted
above, the Department is still
considering the possibility of
developing an alternative set of reduced
scoping requirements for certain
elements that were not subject to
specific scoping and technical
requirements in the 1991 Standards.
Business entities were generally in favor
of exemptions and reduced scoping,
although most of the comments
addressed elements in compliance with
technical and scoping requirements in
the 1991 Standards (e.g., the maximum
side reach range). Disability advocacy
groups and individuals strongly
objected to exemptions and to
significantly reduced scoping, arguing
that the 2004 ADAAG represents
minimum standards, and that the
readily achievable standard already
provides enough flexibility to covered
entities.
The Department believes that reduced
scoping for a select few specifications in
the context of barrier removal is a
moderate and reasonable response to
business entities’ concerns about the
potential for increased costs of
compliance and litigation risk when the
Department adopts the 2004 ADAAG.
Reduced scoping reflects the
determination that, while some
requirements make sense for alterations
and new construction, in the barrier
removal context they might not because
of the expense or nature of the measure
required. Given the disparity in size and
resources among the entities that fall
within the ambit of public
accommodations, reduced scoping
would be justified only for
supplemental elements that are
particularly complicated and expensive
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
to retrofit. Based on comments in the
ANPRM and the Department’s initial
regulatory assessment, the Department
has identified ten elements for which
the Department believes reduced
scoping might be appropriate for barrier
removal: play areas, swimming pools,
wading pools, saunas and steam rooms,
exercise machines, team or player
seating areas, areas of sport activity,
boating facilities, fishing piers and
platforms, and miniature golf courses.
Play areas. Sections 206.2.17, 206.7.8,
and 240.1 of the 2004 ADAAG provide
a detailed set of requirements for newly
constructed and altered play areas. At
least one ground level play component
of each type provided (e.g., for different
experiences such as rocking, swinging,
climbing, spinning, and sliding) must be
accessible and connected to an
accessible route. In addition, if elevated
play components are provided, entities
must make at least fifty percent (50%)
of the elevated play components
accessible and connect them to an
accessible route, and may have to make
an additional number of ground level
play components (representing different
types) accessible as well. There are a
number of exceptions to the technical
specifications for accessible routes, and
there are special rules (incorporated by
reference from nationally recognized
standards for accessibility and safety in
play areas) for accessible ground
surfaces. Accessible ground surfaces
must be inspected and maintained
regularly and frequently to ensure
continued compliance.
The Department is concerned about
the potential impact of these
supplemental requirements on existing
play areas that are not otherwise being
altered. Consequently, the Department
is proposing several specific provisions
and posing additional questions in an
effort to both mitigate and gather
information about the potential burden
of the supplemental requirements on
existing facilities.
State and local governments may have
already adopted accessibility standards
or codes similar to the 2004 ADAAG
requirements for play and recreation
areas, but which might have some
differences from the Access Board’s
guidelines.
Question 30: The Department would
welcome comment on whether there are
state and local standards specifically
regarding play and recreation area
accessibility. To the extent that there are
such standards, we would welcome
comment on whether facilities currently
governed by, and in compliance with,
such state and local standards or codes
should be subject to a safe harbor from
compliance with applicable
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
requirements in the 2004 ADAAG. We
would also welcome comment on
whether it would be appropriate for the
Access Board to consider
implementation of guidelines that
would permit such a safe harbor with
respect to play and recreation areas
undertaking alterations.
Question 31: The Department requests
public comment with respect to the
application of these requirements to
existing play areas. What is the ‘‘tipping
point’’ at which the costs of compliance
with the supplemental requirements for
existing play areas would be so
burdensome that the entity would
simply shut down the playground?
The Department notes that section
240.1 of the 2004 ADAAG specifies that
play areas located in family child care
facilities where the proprietor actually
resides are exempt from the scoping and
technical requirements for play areas.
Thus, such family child care facility
owners have no obligation to make
similar changes for their existing
facilities for purposes of barrier
removal. According to the Access Board,
these family child care facilities are
typically located in private homes, serve
a relatively small number of children
(usually no more than twelve) at any
given time, and install simple and
inexpensive playground equipment for
which accessible products are less likely
to be readily available. For such
facilities, moreover, the cost of
providing an accessible ground surface
could far exceed the cost of the
equipment itself, increasing the
likelihood that the home owner will
simply decide not to provide any
playground equipment. While this
exception may limit the accessibility of
play areas in home-based child care
facilities, such facilities would remain
subject to the ADA’s general
requirement to ensure that individuals
with disabilities have an equal
opportunity to enjoy the services of
their facilities.
The Department proposes to add
§ 36.304(d)(4)(i) to provide that, for
purposes of the readily achievable
barrier removal requirement, existing
play areas that are less than 1,000
square feet in size are exempt from the
scoping and technical requirements for
play areas in the 2004 ADAAG found in
section 240 of the proposed standards.
The Department selected this size based
on the provision in section 1008.2.4.1 of
the 2004 ADAAG, Exception 1,
permitting play areas less than 1,000
square feet in size to provide accessible
routes with a reduced clear width (44
inches instead of 60 inches). In its 2000
regulatory assessment for the play area
guidelines, the Access Board assumed
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34535
that such ‘‘small’’ play areas represent
one hundred percent (100%) of the play
areas located in restaurants, the largest
proportion (between sixty to eighty
percent (60–80%)) of the play areas
located in hotels and day care facilities,
and about twenty percent (20%) of the
play areas located in schools. (The
Access Board assumed that play areas in
city and state parks are typically larger
than 1,000 square feet.) If these
assumptions are correct, the proposed
exemption would have the greatest
impact upon existing play areas located
in restaurants, hotels, and day care
facilities and would have relatively little
impact on existing play areas located in
schools or parks.
Question 32: The Department would
like to hear from public
accommodations and individuals with
disabilities about the potential effect of
this approach. Should existing play
areas less than 1,000 square feet be
exempt from the requirements
applicable to play areas?
The Department also proposes to add
§ 36.304(d)(3)(i) to provide that, for
purposes of the readily achievable
barrier removal requirement, existing
play areas will be permitted to meet a
reduced scoping requirement with
respect to their elevated play
components. Elevated play components
are play components that are
approached above or below grade and
that are part of a composite play
structure consisting of two or more
components that are attached or
functionally linked to create an
integrated unit providing more than one
play activity. The proposed standards
provide that a play area that includes
both ground level and elevated play
components must ensure that a
specified number of the ground level
play components and at least fifty
percent (50%) of the elevated play
components are accessible.
Many commenters advised the
Department that making elevated play
components accessible in the barrier
removal context would exceed what is
readily achievable for most facilities.
Given the nature of the element at issue,
retrofitting existing elevated play
components in play areas to meet the
scoping and technical specifications in
the alteration standard would be
difficult and costly, and in some
instances, infeasible. In response to
expressed concerns, the Department
proposes to reduce the scoping for
existing play areas undertaking barrier
removal by permitting entities to
substitute ground level play
components for elevated play
components. Entities that provide
elevated play components that do not
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34536
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
comply with the 2004 ADAAG section
240.2.2 would be deemed in compliance
with their barrier removal obligations as
long as the number of accessible ground
level play components is equal to the
sum of (a) the number of ground level
play components required to comply
with the 2004 ADAAG section 240.2.1
(as provided by Table 240.2.1.2, but at
least one of each type) and (b) the
number of elevated play components
required to comply with the 2004
ADAAG section 240.2.2 (namely, fifty
percent (50%) of all elevated play
components). In existing play areas that
provide a limited number of ground
level play components, qualifying for
this exception may require providing
additional ground level play
components.
While this provision may result in
less accessibility than the application of
the alteration standard where readily
achievable, public accommodations will
likely be more willing to voluntarily
undertake barrier removal measures in
play areas if they anticipate that
compliance will be straightforward and
readily achievable in most instances. In
addition, for existing play areas with
limited resources, it will often be more
efficient to devote resources to making
the ground surface of the play area
accessible, which is necessary to
provide an accessible route to any play
components. Reduced scoping for
elevated play components could also
minimize the risk that covered entities
will delay compliance, remove elevated
play components, or simply close the
play area. It also provides a bright-line
rule for which compliance can be easily
evaluated.
Question 33: The Department would
like to hear from public
accommodations and individuals with
disabilities about the potential effect of
this approach. Should existing play
areas be permitted to substitute
additional ground level play
components for the elevated play
components it would otherwise have
been required to make accessible?
Question 34: The Department would
welcome comment on whether it would
be appropriate for the Access Board to
consider implementation of guidelines
for play and recreational facilities
undertaking alterations that would
permit reduced scoping of requirements
or substitution of ground level play
components in lieu of elevated play
components, as the Department is
proposing with respect to barrier
removal obligations for certain play or
recreational facilities.
The Department is also considering
reducing the scoping for sites with
multiple existing play areas designed for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
the same age group. Where separate play
areas are provided within a single site,
even if each play area serves the same
age group and provides the same types
of play components, the 2004 ADAAG
would require each play area to comply.
In existing facilities that are not being
altered, where multiple play areas
designed for a particular age group are
provided, the Department is considering
requiring only one play area to be made
accessible.
Question 35: Should the Department
require only one play area of each type
to comply in existing sites with multiple
play areas? Are there other select
requirements applicable to play areas in
the 2004 ADAAG for which the
Department should consider exemptions
or reduced scoping?
Swimming pools. The Department is
proposing two specific provisions to
minimize the potential impact of the
supplemental requirements on existing
swimming pools. First, the Department
is proposing to add § 36.304(d)(3)(ii) to
provide that, for purposes of the readily
achievable barrier removal requirement,
swimming pools that have at least 300
linear feet of swimming pool wall will
be required to provide only one (rather
than two) accessible means of entry,
which must be a sloped entry or a pool
lift. This provision represents a less
stringent requirement than section 242.2
of the 2004 ADAAG, which requires
such pools, when newly constructed or
altered, to provide two accessible means
of entry. Under this proposal, for barrier
removal purposes, public
accommodations would be required to
have at least one accessible entry where
readily achievable to do so.
Commenters responding to the
ANPRM noted that the two-means-ofentry-standard, if applied in the barrier
removal context, will disproportionately
affect small businesses, both in terms of
the cost of implementing the standard
and anticipated litigation costs. Larger
covered entities benefit from economies
of scale, which are not available to small
businesses. Although complying with
the alteration standard will not be
readily achievable for many small
businesses (at least not complete
compliance), the litigation-related costs
of proving that compliance is not
readily achievable may be significant.
Moreover, these commenters argue, the
immediacy of perceived noncompliance
with the standard—it will usually be
readily apparent whether a public
accommodation has the required
accessible entry or entries—makes this
element particularly vulnerable to serial
ADA litigation. The reduced scoping
would apply to all existing public
accommodations, regardless of size.
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The Department recognizes that this
approach could reduce the accessibility
of larger swimming pools compared to
the requirements in the 2004 ADAAG.
Individuals with disabilities and
advocates were particularly concerned
about the accessibility of pools, and
noted that for many people with
disabilities, swimming is one of the few
types of exercise that is generally
accessible and, for some people, can be
an important part of maintaining health.
Other commenters noted that having
two accessible means of egress from a
pool can be a significant safety feature
in the event of an emergency. It may be,
however, that as a practical matter the
reduction in scoping may not be
significant, as the measures required to
meet the alteration standards for
accessible entries would often not be
readily achievable even if considered on
a case-by-case basis.
Question 36: The Department would
like to hear from public
accommodations and individuals with
disabilities about this exemption.
Should the Department allow existing
public accommodations to provide only
one accessible means of access to
swimming pools more than 300 linear
feet long?
The Department also proposes to add
§ 36.304(d)(4)(ii) to provide that, for
purposes of the readily achievable
barrier removal requirement, existing
swimming pools that have less than 300
linear feet of swimming pool wall will
be exempt from the provisions of
section 242.2 of the 2004 ADAAG. In its
2002 regulatory assessment for the
recreation guidelines, the Access Board
assumed that pools with less than 300
feet of linear pool wall would represent
ninety percent (90%) of the pools in
high schools; eighty percent (80%) of
the pools in hotels and motels; seventy
percent (70%) of the pools in exercise
and sports facilities; forty percent (40%)
of the pools in public parks and
community centers (e.g., YMCAs); and
thirty percent (30%) of the pools in
colleges and universities.
Question 37: The Department would
like to hear from public
accommodations and individuals with
disabilities about the potential effect of
this approach. Should existing
swimming pools with less than 300
linear feet of pool wall be exempt from
the requirements applicable to
swimming pools?
Finally, the Department is interested
in collecting information regarding the
number of existing facilities that
provide more than one swimming pool
on a site. The Department is considering
creating an exception that would permit
existing facilities with multiple
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
swimming pools on a site to make only
one of each type of swimming pool
accessible.
Question 38: What types of facilities
provide more than one swimming pool
on a site? In such facilities, do the pools
tend to be identical or do they differ in
type (e.g., in size, configuration,
function, or use)?
Wading pools. Section 242.3 of the
2004 ADAAG provides that newly
constructed or altered wading pools
must provide at least one sloped means
of entry to the deepest part of the pool.
The Department is concerned that
installing a sloped entry in existing
wading pools may not be feasible for a
significant proportion of covered
entities and is considering creating an
exemption for existing wading pools
that are not being altered. The
Department is also interested in
collecting information regarding the
number of existing facilities that
provide more than one wading pool on
a site. As an alternative to an exemption
for all existing wading pools, the
Department is considering creating an
exception that would permit existing
facilities with multiple wading pools on
a site to make only one of each type of
pool accessible.
Question 39: What site constraints
exist in existing facilities that could
make it difficult or infeasible to install
a sloped entry in an existing wading
pool? Should existing wading pools that
are not being altered be exempt from the
requirement to provide a sloped entry?
What types of facilities provide more
than one wading pool on a site? In such
facilities, do the pools tend to be
identical or do they differ in type (e.g.,
in size, configuration, function or use)?
Saunas and steam rooms. The
Department is proposing one specific
provision to minimize the potential
impact of the supplemental
requirements on existing saunas and
steam rooms. Section 241 of the 2004
ADAAG requires newly constructed or
altered saunas and steam rooms to meet
accessibility requirements, including
accessible turning space and an
accessible bench. Where saunas or
steam rooms are provided in clusters,
five percent (5%), but at least one sauna
or steam room in each cluster, will have
to be accessible. The Department
understands that many saunas are
manufactured (pre-fabricated) and come
in standard sizes (e.g., two-person or
four-person), and that the two-person
size may not be large enough to meet the
turning space requirement. Therefore,
the Department proposes in
§ 36.304(d)(4)(iii) to specify that, for
purposes of the readily achievable
barrier removal requirement, existing
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
saunas or steam rooms that have a
capacity of only two persons are exempt
from the scoping and technical
requirements for saunas and steam
rooms in section 241 of the 2004
ADAAG. While this exception may limit
the accessibility of small existing saunas
or steam rooms, such facilities would
remain subject to the ADA’s general
requirement to ensure that individuals
with disabilities have an equal
opportunity to enjoy the services and
amenities of their facilities.
Exercise machines. Sections 206.2.13
and 236 of the 2004 ADAAG require one
of each type of fixed exercise machine
to meet clear floor space specifications
and to be on an accessible route. Types
of machines are generally defined
according to the muscular groups
exercised or the kind of cardiovascular
exercise provided.
Question 40: Will existing facilities
have to reduce the number of available
exercise equipment and machines in
order to comply? What types of space
limitations would affect compliance?
Team or player seating areas. Section
221.2.1.4 of the 2004 ADAAG requires
one or more wheelchair spaces to be
provided in each team or player seating
area with fixed seats, depending upon
the number of seats provided for
spectators. For bowling lanes, the
requirement would be limited to lanes
required to be accessible.
Question 41: Are team or player
seating areas in certain types of existing
facilities (e.g., ice hockey rinks) more
difficult to make accessible due to
existing designs? What types of existing
facilities typically have design
constraints that would make
compliance with this requirement
infeasible?
Areas of sport activity. Sections
206.2.2 and 206.2.12 of the 2004
ADAAG require each area of sport
activity (e.g., courts and playing fields,
whether indoor or outdoor) to be served
by an accessible route. In court sports,
the accessible route would also have to
directly connect both sides of the court.
The Department is considering limiting
the application of this requirement in
existing facilities that have multiple
areas of sport activity that serve the
same purpose. For example, in existing
facilities with multiple soccer fields of
a similar size, the Department may
interpret the readily achievable barrier
removal requirement to require that a
reasonable number but at least one
soccer field (rather than all of them) be
served by an accessible route.
Question 42: Should the Department
interpret the barrier removal
requirement to require only a reasonable
number but at least one of each type of
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34537
playing field to be served by an
accessible route? Should the
Department create an exception to this
requirement for existing courts (e.g.,
tennis courts) that have been
constructed back-to-back without any
space in between them?
Boating facilities. Sections 206.2.10,
235.2, and 235.3 of the 2004 ADAAG
require a specified number of boat slips
and boarding piers at boat launch ramps
to be accessible and connected to an
accessible route. In existing boarding
piers, the required clear pier space may
be perpendicular to and extend the
width of the boat slip if the facility has
at least one accessible boat slip,
providing that more accessible slips
would reduce the total number (or
widths) of existing boat slips. Accessible
boarding piers at boat launch ramps
must comply with the requirements for
accessible boat slips for the entire length
of the pier. If gangways (only one end
of route is attached to land) and floating
piers (neither end is attached to land)
are involved, a number of exceptions are
provided from the general standards for
accessible routes in order to take into
account the difficulty of meeting
accessibility slope requirements due to
fluctuations in water level. In existing
facilities, moreover, gangways need not
be lengthened to meet the requirement
(except, in an alteration, as may be
required by the path of travel
requirement).
Question 43: The Department is
interested in collecting data regarding
the impact of these requirements in
existing boating facilities. Are there
issues (e.g., space limitations) that
would make it difficult to provide an
accessible route to existing boat slips
and boarding piers at boat launch
ramps? To what extent do the
exceptions for existing facilities (i.e.,
with respect to boat slips and gangways)
mitigate the burden on existing
facilities?
Fishing piers and platforms. Sections
206.2.14 and 237 of the 2004 ADAAG
require at least twenty-five percent
(25%) of railings at fishing piers and
platforms to be no higher than 34 inches
high, so that a person seated in a
wheelchair can fish over the railing, to
be dispersed along the pier or platform,
and to be on an accessible route. (An
exception permits railings to comply
instead with the model codes, which
permit railings to be 42 inches high.) If
gangways (where only one end of route
is attached to land) and floating piers
(where neither end is attached to land)
are involved, a number of exceptions are
provided from the general standards for
accessible routes in order to take into
account the difficulty of meeting
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34538
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
accessibility slope requirements due to
fluctuations in water level. In existing
facilities, moreover, gangways need not
be lengthened to meet the requirement
(except, in an alteration, as may be
required by the path of travel
requirement).
Question 44: The Department is
interested in collecting data regarding
the impact of this requirement on
existing facilities. Are there issues (e.g.,
space limitations) that would make it
difficult to provide an accessible route
to existing fishing piers and platforms?
Miniature golf courses. Sections
206.2.16, 239.2, and 239.3 of the 2004
ADAAG require at least fifty percent
(50%) of the holes on miniature golf
courses to be accessible and connected
to an accessible route (which must
connect the last accessible hole directly
to the course entrance or exit);
generally, the accessible holes would
have to be consecutive ones. Specified
exceptions apply to accessible routes
located on the playing surfaces of holes.
Question 45: The Department is
considering creating an exception for
existing miniature golf facilities that are
of a limited total square footage, have a
limited amount of available space
within the course, or were designed with
extreme elevation changes. If the
Department were to create such an
exception, what parameters should the
Department use to determine whether a
miniature golf course should be exempt?
Scope of coverage. As illustrated by
the above discussion, the 2004 ADAAG
introduces supplemental scoping and
technical requirements for play areas
and recreation facilities that apply to
elements and spaces—e.g., playgrounds
and swimming pools—that are found in
a variety of different types of facilities.
In light of these supplemental
requirements and their potentially wideranging application, the Department
wishes to emphasize that the types of
private entities covered under title III
are unchanged by the proposed rule,
and to reiterate the criteria that
determine whether an entity is exempt
from coverage under the ADA. In
addition, the Department notes that
certain types of facilities, while they
may be exempt from the coverage of the
ADA, may nonetheless be subject to the
accessibility requirements of other
federal laws.
Private clubs (e.g., country clubs and
civic organizations) are generally
exempt from title III. Under the ADA,
the definition of a private club is based
on title II of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and related case law. Generally, entities
are considered private clubs where
members exercise a high degree of
control over club operations; the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
membership selection is highly
selective; substantial membership fees
are charged; the entity is operated on a
nonprofit basis; and the club was not
founded specifically to avoid
compliance with federal civil rights
laws. For example, a country club may
qualify as a private club and have a golf
course on its grounds. If the golf course
is for the exclusive use of club members
and their guests, the golf course is not
a public accommodation covered by
title III. However, if the country club
allows nonmembers to pay a fee to play
golf, the golf course is a public
accommodation and is subject to title
III. The country club’s other operations
and facilities, however, would remain
exempt if they were exclusive to
members.
Religious organizations and entities
controlled by religious organizations,
including places of worship, are also
exempt from the coverage of title III.
This exemption is intended to have a
broad application and covers all of the
activities of a religious entity, whether
they are religious or secular. For
example, a religious organization that
operates a child care facility that
includes a playground, even if the child
care facility is open to nonmembers, is
exempt from the requirements of the
ADA despite the fact that the facility
would otherwise qualify as a public
accommodation under title III. However,
it should be noted that religious
organizations that receive federal
financial assistance are not exempt from
the responsibility to comply with the
requirements of section 504 or any other
applicable federal statute that prohibits
discrimination on the basis of disability
in federally assisted programs.
Finally, facilities governed by
homeowners associations or similar
organizations may be covered by the
Fair Housing Act (FHA) and subject to
HUD’s jurisdiction, rather than title III
of the ADA, or they may be covered by
both the FHA and title III. The
distinguishing feature is whether use of
the facilities in question is limited
exclusively to owners, residents, and
their guests, or if the facilities are made
available to the public. For example, a
development governed by a
homeowners association that includes a
swimming pool may be covered by the
FHA only, or both the FHA and the
ADA. The residences and other areas
provided for the exclusive use of
residents and their guests are covered by
the FHA. If the swimming pool is
available only to residents and their
guests, it would be covered by the FHA
only. However, if the pool is also
available to members of the public who
buy pool memberships, the pool would
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
qualify as a public accommodation and
would be subject to the requirements of
title III.
Safe harbor for qualified small
businesses regarding what is readily
achievable. The Department is offering
for public comment a modification to
the barrier removal requirement at
§ 36.304(d)(5) that provides a safe
harbor for qualified small businesses as
defined in § 36.104. Pursuant to this safe
harbor, a qualified small business would
have met its readily achievable barrier
removal obligations for a given year if,
in the preceding tax year, it spent at
least one percent (1%) of its gross
revenues on barrier removal. In so
doing, the Department wishes to
promulgate a rule that will benefit a
broad class of small businesses by
providing a level of certainty in shortterm and long-term planning with
respect to barrier removal. An effective
rule would also provide some
protection, through diminished
litigation risks, to small businesses that
undertake significant barrier removal
projects. The Department received many
comments from the small business
community urging it to consider
changing its approach to barrier
removal.
The Department seeks public input on
this safe harbor for readily achievable
barrier removal, and, specifically,
solicits advice on whether one percent
(1%) is the appropriate level of
expenditure. Another business group,
which proposed a similar scheme,
suggested that the Department propose
that small businesses spend five percent
(5%) of their net revenues. The
Department believes from its experience
in enforcing the ADA that the relevant
expenditure should be a percentage of
gross, rather than net, revenues in order
to avoid the effect of differences in
bookkeeping practices and to maximize
accessibility consistent with
congressional intent. The Department
recognizes, however, that entities with
similar gross revenues may have very
different net revenues, and that this
difference may significantly affect what
is readily achievable for a particular
entity. Such an approach places
significant importance on getting the
right percentage of revenues that should
be considered.
Any formulaic approach, even for a
subset of the public accommodations
covered by the ADA, is a departure from
the Department’s current position on
barrier removal. During the
Department’s rulemaking for the
regulation published in 1991, the issue
of barrier removal received significant
attention. Advocacy groups both for
individuals with disabilities and private
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
businesses requested specific guidance
on what measures were required for
barrier removal. Commenters were
concerned that, absent a standard,
unsafe or ineffective design practices
might be undertaken. The Department’s
current rule reflects the view of many
commenters that requiring public
accommodations to comply with the
alteration standards, where readily
achievable to do so, promotes certainty
and good design.
SBREFA requires the Department to
consider alternative means of
compliance for small businesses. 5
U.S.C. 603(c). To comply with this
obligation, the Department is soliciting
public comment on the possibility of
providing a safe harbor to qualified
small businesses that have spent at least
one percent (1%) of their gross revenues
to remove architectural,
communication, or transportation
barriers.
Question 46: Should the Department
adopt a presumption whereby qualifying
small businesses are presumed to have
done what is readily achievable for a
given year if, during the previous tax
year, the entity spent at least one
percent (1%) of its gross revenues on
barrier removal? Why or why not? Is one
percent (1%) an appropriate amount?
Are gross revenues the appropriate
measure? Why or why not?
Section 36.308 Seating in Assembly
Areas
The Department is proposing to revise
this section to be consistent with
revisions in the proposed requirements
applicable to new construction and
alterations. The purpose of the section
is unchanged: To establish the barrier
removal requirements for assembly
areas. Sections 36.308(a)(1) and (b) have
been revised to include an express
requirement to provide companion seats
and designated aisle seats.
Section 36.308(a)(1)(ii)(A) and (B)
have been revised to provide that
wheelchair and companion seats must
be an integral part of the seating area,
dispersed to all accessible seating levels,
and that the locations must provide
viewing angles to the screen,
performance area, or other focal point
that are equivalent to or better than the
average viewing angles provided to all
other spectators.
Proposed § 36.308(a)(1)(iii) provides
that companion seats may be fixed or
movable and that they shall be
equivalent in size, quality, comfort, and
amenities to the other seats in the
assembly area.
A new § 36.308(c)(1) has been added
to provide that when an assembly area
has designated seating sections that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
provide spectators with distinct services
or amenities that are not generally
available to other spectators, the facility
must ensure that wheelchair seating
spaces and companion seating are
provided in each specialty seating area.
The number of wheelchair seating
spaces and companion seating provided
in specialty seating areas shall be
included in, rather than being additive
to, wheelchair space requirements set
forth in table 221.2.1.1 in the proposed
standards.
Proposed § 36.308(c)(2) requires that,
to the extent possible, wheelchair users
shall be permitted to purchase
companion tickets on the same terms
that tickets are made available to other
members of the public. In assembly
areas with seating capacities exceeding
5,000, each of five designated
wheelchair spaces shall have at least
three companion seats (i.e., five groups
of four seats, each group including a
wheelchair space) in order to provide
more flexible seating arrangements for
families and other small groups. The
group companion seats required by this
section may be located adjacent to either
the wheelchair location or other
companion seats. The Department is
proposing this requirement to address
complaints from many wheelchair users
that the practice of providing a strict
one-to-one relationship between
wheelchair locations and companion
seating often prevents family members
from attending events together.
Section 36.309 Examinations and
Courses
Section 309 of the ADA is intended to
fill the gap that is created when
licensing, certification, and other testing
authorities are not covered by section
504 or title II of the ADA, and to ensure
that individuals with disabilities are not
excluded from educational,
professional, or trade opportunities
because examinations or courses are
offered in a place or manner that is not
accessible. See 42 U.S.C. 12189.
Through its enforcement efforts, the
Department has discovered that the
requests made by testing entities for
documentation regarding the existence
of an individual’s disability and her or
his need for a modification or an
auxiliary aid or service are often
inappropriate or burdensome. The
proposed rule attempts to address this
problem.
Section 36.309(b) as revised states
that while it is appropriate for a testing
entity to require that an applicant
document the existence of a disability in
order to establish that he or she is
entitled to testing modifications or aids,
the request for documentation must be
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34539
appropriate and reasonable. Requested
documentation should be narrowly
tailored so that the testing entity can
ascertain the nature of the disability and
the individual’s need for the requested
modification or auxiliary aid. Generally,
a testing entity should accept without
further inquiry documentation provided
by a qualified professional who has
made an individualized assessment of
the applicant. Appropriate
documentation may include a letter
from a qualified professional or
evidence of a prior diagnosis,
accommodation, or classification, such
as eligibility for a special education
program. When an applicant’s
documentation is recent and
demonstrates a consistent history of a
diagnosis, there is no need for further
inquiry into the nature of the disability.
A testing entity should consider an
applicant’s past use of a particular
auxiliary aid or service.
Finally, a private entity should
respond in a timely manner to requests
and should provide applicants with a
reasonable opportunity to supplement
their requests with additional
information, if necessary. Failure by the
testing entity to act in a timely manner
and making requests of unnecessary
magnitude could result in the sort of
delay that amounts to a denial of equal
opportunity or equal treatment.
Section 36.311 Mobility Devices
Proposed § 36.311 has been added to
provide additional guidance to public
accommodations about the
circumstances in which power-driven
mobility devices must be
accommodated.
As discussed earlier in this NPRM,
this proposal is in response to growing
confusion about what types of mobility
devices must be accommodated. The
Department has received complaints
and become aware of situations where
individuals with mobility disabilities
have utilized for locomotion purposes
riding lawn mowers, golf cars, large
wheelchairs with rubber tracks,
gasoline-powered, two-wheeled
scooters, and other devices that are not
designed for indoor use or exclusively
used by people with disabilities. Indeed,
there has been litigation about whether
the ADA requires covered entities to
allow people with disabilities to use
their EPAMDs like users of traditional
wheelchairs. Individuals with
disabilities have sued several shopping
malls in which businesses refused to
allow a person with a disability to use
an EPAMD. See, e.g., Sarah Antonacci,
White Oaks Faces Lawsuit over Segway,
State Journal-Register, Oct. 9, 2007,
available at https://www.sj-r.com/news/
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34540
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
stories/17784.asp; Shasta Clark, Local
Man Fighting Mall Over Right to Use
Segway, WATE 6 News, July 26, 2005,
available at https://www.wate.com/
Global/story.asp?s=3643674. The
Department believes clarification on
what the ADA requires is necessary at
this juncture.
Section 36.311(a) reiterates the
general rule that public
accommodations shall permit
individuals using wheelchairs, scooters,
and manually powered mobility aids,
including walkers, crutches, canes,
braces, and similar devices, in any areas
open to pedestrians. The regulation
underscores this general proposition
because the great majority of mobility
scooters and wheelchairs must be
accommodated under nearly all
circumstances in which title III applies.
Section 36.311(b) adopts the general
requirement in the ADA that public
accommodations must make reasonable
modifications to their policies,
practices, and procedures when
necessary to enable an individual with
a disability to use a power-driven
mobility device to participate in its
services, programs, or activities unless
doing so would result in a fundamental
alteration of their services, programs, or
activities.
If a public accommodation restricts
the use of power-driven mobility
devices by people without disabilities,
then it must develop policies addressing
which devices and under what
circumstances individuals with
disabilities may use power-driven
mobility devices for the purpose of
mobility. Under the Department’s
proposed regulation in § 36.311(c),
public accommodations must adopt
policies and procedures regarding the
accommodation of power-driven
mobility devices other than wheelchairs
and scooters that are designed to assess
whether allowing an individual with a
disability to use a power-driven
mobility device is reasonable and does
not result in a fundamental alteration to
its programs, services, or activities.
Public accommodations may establish
policies and procedures that address
and distinguish among types of mobility
devices.
For example, an amusement park may
determine that it is reasonable to allow
individuals with disabilities to use
EPAMDs in a variety of outdoor
programs and activities, but that it
would not be reasonable to allow the
use of golf cars as mobility devices in
similar circumstances. At the same time,
the entity may address its concerns
about factors such as space limitations
by disallowing EPAMDs by members of
the general public.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Section 36.311(c) lists permissible
factors that a public accommodation
may consider in determining whether
the use of different types of powerdriven mobility devices by individuals
with disabilities may be permitted. In
developing policies, public
accommodations should group powerdriven mobility devices by type (e.g.,
EPAMDs, golf cars, gasoline-powered
vehicles, wheelchairs designed for
outdoor use, and other devices). A
blanket exclusion of all devices that fall
under the definition of other powerdriven mobility devices in all locations
would likely violate the proposed
regulation.
The factors listed in § 36.311(c)(1)
through (3) may be used in order to
develop policies regarding the use of
other power-driven mobility devices by
people with disabilities. The
dimensions, weight, and other
characteristics of the mobility device in
relation to a wheelchair or scooter, as
well as the device’s maneuverability
and speed, may be considered. Another
permissible consideration is the
potential risk of harm to others by the
operation of other power-driven
mobility devices. The use of gasolinepowered golf cars by people with
disabilities inside a building may be
prohibited, for example, because the
exhaust may be harmful to others. A
mobility device that is unsafe to others
would not be reasonable under the
proposed regulation. Additionally, the
risk of harm to the environment or
natural or cultural resources or conflicts
with federal land management laws and
regulations are also to be considered.
The final consideration is the ability of
the public accommodation to stow the
mobility device when not in use, if
requested by the user.
While a public accommodation may
inquire into whether the individual is
using the device due to a disability, the
entity may not inquire about the nature
and extent of the disability, as provided
in § 36.311(d).
The Department anticipates that, in
many circumstances, allowing the use of
unique mobility devices by individuals
with disabilities will be reasonable to
provide access to a public
accommodation’s services, programs,
and activities, and that in many cases it
will not fundamentally alter the public
accommodation’s operations and
services. On the other hand, the use of
mobility devices that are unsafe to
others, or unusually unwieldy or
disruptive, is unlikely to be reasonable
and may constitute a fundamental
alteration.
Consider the following examples:
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Example 1: Although people who do not
have mobility disabilities are prohibited from
operating EPAMDs at a theme park, the
public accommodation has developed a
policy allowing people with disabilities to
use EPAMDs as their mobility device at the
theme park. The policy states that EPAMDs
are allowed in all areas of the theme park that
are open to pedestrians as a reasonable
modification to its general policy on
EPAMDs. The public accommodation
determined that the venue provides adequate
space for a larger device such as an EPAMD
and that it does not fundamentally alter the
nature of the theme park’s goods and
services. The theme park’s policies do,
however, require that EPAMDs be operated at
a safe speed limit. A theme park employee
may inquire at the ticket gate whether the
device is needed due to the user’s disability
and also inform an individual with a
disability using an EPAMD that the theme
park’s policy requires that it be operated at
or below the designated speed limit.
Example 2: A luxury cruise ship has
developed a policy regarding the use of
EPAMDs by individuals with disabilities on
the ship. In developing the policy, the public
accommodation has considered the
dimensions of the EPAMD, including its
height, in relation to the common areas of the
ship and the safety of other passengers. Since
the cruise ship in this example is large, there
are many areas where a person using an
EPAMD can be easily accommodated,
including decks and spaces where passengers
routinely walk and exercise, under certain
weather conditions. However, the
dimensions of the ship, as on most such
vessels, are more compact than analogous
features of facilities on land and may contain
thresholds and other features that present
obstacles to some EPAMDs. Therefore, with
respect to some areas, such as the
passageways in cabin areas where the spaces
are narrow and ceilings are low, the cruise
ship may determine that allowing an
individual with a disability to use an EPAMD
for mobility would result in a fundamental
alteration to some of the cruise ship areas. In
these constricted areas, the cruise ship staff
may offer a wheelchair or other means of
locomotion where the EPAMD would be
inappropriate. If the cruise ship in this
example is smaller, it may be necessary for
the staff to restrict the use of EPAMDs in
most or all areas.
The Department is seeking public
comment on the proposed definitions
and policy concerning wheelchairs and
other mobility devices.
Question 47: Are there types of
personal mobility devices that must be
accommodated under nearly all
circumstances? Conversely, are there
types of mobility devices that almost
always will require an assessment to
determine whether they should be
accommodated? Please provide
examples of devices and circumstances
in your responses.
Question 48: Should motorized
devices that use fuel or internalcombustion engines (e.g., all-terrain
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
vehicles) be considered personal
mobility devices that are covered by the
ADA? Are there specific circumstances
in which accommodating these devices
would result in a fundamental
alteration?
Question 49: Should personal
mobility devices used by individuals
with disabilities be categorized by
intended purpose or function, by indoor
or outdoor use, or by some other factor?
Why or why not?
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Subpart D—New Construction and
Alterations
Subpart D establishes the title III
requirements applicable to new
construction and alterations. The
Department is proposing to amend this
subpart to adopt the proposed standards
and to make related changes to give
effect to these changes, as described
below.
Section 36.403 Alterations and Path of
Travel
The Department is proposing one
change to § 36.403 on alterations and
path of travel by adding a path of travel
safe harbor. Proposed § 36.403(a)(1)
states that if a private entity has
constructed or altered required elements
of a path of travel in accordance with
the 1991 Standards, the private entity is
not required to retrofit such elements to
reflect incremental changes in the
proposed standards solely because of an
alteration to a primary function area
served by that path of travel. The
Department is not proposing any
additional changes to §§ 36.402 through
36.405, which establish requirements
for alterations. Some commenters
suggested that the definition of
alteration be modified to provide more
guidance on what actions trigger
application of the proposed standards
generally, and the extent to which an
alteration triggers an additional path of
travel obligation.
Consequently, the Department is
proposing a safe harbor to clarify
alteration requirements as they pertain
to path of travel. One commenter noted
that changing a door lock on a hotel
guest room would trigger requirements
to make the path of travel accessible.
This suggestion is expressly rejected by
the language of the existing regulation
in § 36.403(c)(2), which makes clear that
‘‘alterations to windows, hardware,
controls, electrical outlets, and signage
shall not be deemed to be alterations
that affect the usability of or access to
an area containing a primary function.’’
Commenter suggestions that painting
and wallpapering be expressly excluded
from the definition of alterations are
similarly unnecessary as both the 1991
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Standards and the proposed standards
provide in the definition of ‘‘alteration’’
that ‘‘[n]ormal maintenance, reroofing,
painting or wallpapering * * * are not
alterations unless they affect the
usability of the building or facility.’’
Section 36.406 Standards for New
Construction and Alterations
Section 36.406(a)(2)
Standards
Applicable
Section 306 of the ADA, 42 U.S.C.
12186, directs the Attorney General to
issue regulations to implement title III
that are consistent with the guidelines
published by the Access Board.
Commenters suggested that the
Department should not adopt the 2004
ADAAG, but should develop an
independent regulation. The
Department is a statutory member of the
Access Board and was actively involved
in the development of the 2004 ADAAG.
Because of the Department’s long
involvement in the process to develop
the 2004 ADAAG, the Department does
not believe that it is necessary or
appropriate to begin that lengthy
process anew. Nevertheless, during the
process of drafting this NPRM, the
Department has reviewed the 2004
ADAAG to determine if additional
regulatory provisions are necessary. As
a result of this review, the Department
has decided to propose new sections,
which are contained in §§ 36.406(b)–(g),
to clarify how the Department will
apply the proposed standards to social
service establishments, housing at
places of education, assembly areas, and
medical care facilities. Each of these
provisions is discussed below.
The Department is proposing to adopt
the proposed standards and to establish
the effective date and triggering event
for the new coverage. Specifically, the
Department is proposing to amend
§ 36.406(a) by dividing it into two
sections. Proposed § 36.406(a)(1)
specifies that new construction and
alterations subject to this part shall
comply with the proposed standards if
physical construction of the property
commences less than six months after
the effective date of the proposed rule.
Proposed § 36.406(a)(2) specifies that
new construction and alterations subject
to this part shall comply with the
proposed standards if physical
construction of the property commences
six months or more after the effective
date. The Department is also proposing
to delete the advisory information now
published in a table at § 36.406(b).
The ANPRM gave notice that the
Department must determine when the
proposed standards will apply to newly
constructed facilities following the
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34541
publication of a final rule by
establishing: (1) The effective date after
publication of the final rule; and (2) the
triggering event for compliance with the
proposed standards (i.e., the event or
action that compels compliance with
the proposed standards).
Attachment A to this proposed rule is
an analysis of the major changes in the
proposed standards and a discussion of
the public comments that the
Department received on specific
sections of the 2004 ADAAG. In
addition to those comments, the
Department also received some
comments that raised issues concerning
the scope of the coverage of the
proposed standards, the Department’s
decision to adopt them, and the
established methods of interpretation.
Comments discussing the costs and
benefits of the proposed standards will
be addressed in the discussion of the
Department’s regulatory impact
analysis. Comments on the effect of the
proposed standards on existing facilities
will be discussed in conjunction with
the analysis of § 36.304 of this proposed
rule. The remaining comments
addressed global issues, such as the
Department’s proposal to adopt the 2004
ADAAG as the ADA Standards for
Accessible Design without significant
changes and the application of the
proposed standards to employee areas.
Several commenters, including
individual business owners and
organizations representing business
interests, questioned the application of
the proposed standards to employee
work areas, maintaining that all
employment issues should be subject to
title I of the ADA, 42 U.S.C. 12111 et
seq. These comments indicate a
fundamental misunderstanding of the
statutory scope of title III coverage and
the scope of the 1991 Standards.
The commenters correctly observed
that title I prohibits discrimination
against individuals with disabilities
employed in a business that has fifteen
or more employees. Title III has no
direct effect on that employer/employee
relationship, but does establish
requirements for the design,
construction, or alteration of both public
accommodations and commercial
facilities, 42 U.S.C. 12183. As the
Department explained in the preamble
to its 1991 NPRM to implement title III:
Commercial facilities are those facilities
that are intended for nonresidential use by a
private entity and whose operations affect
commerce . * * * [T]he new construction
and alteration requirements of subpart D of
the [1991] rule apply to all commercial
facilities, whether or not they are places of
public accommodation. Those commercial
facilities that are not places of public
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
34542
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
accommodation are not subject to the
requirements of subparts B and C (e.g., those
requirements concerning auxiliary aids and
general nondiscrimination provisions).
Congress recognized that the employees
within commercial facilities would generally
be protected under title I (employment) of the
Act. However, as the House Committee on
Education and Labor pointed out, ‘‘[t]o the
extent that new facilities are built in a
manner that make[s] them accessible to all
individuals, including potential employees,
there will be less of a need for individual
employers to engage in reasonable
accommodations for particular employees.’’
H.R. Rep. No. 101–485, Part 2, at 117 (1990)
. * * * While employers of fewer than 15
employees are not covered by title I’s
employment discrimination provisions, there
is no such limitation with respect to new
construction covered under title III. Congress
chose not to so limit the new construction
provisions because of its desire for a uniform
requirement of accessibility in new
construction, because accessibility can be
accomplished easily in the design and
construction stage, and because future
expansion of a business or sale or lease of the
property to a larger employer or to a business
that is a place of public accommodation is
always a possibility.
56 FR 7455 (Feb. 22, 1991). The
Department’s proposed rule merely
continues this long-standing
interpretation of title III’s application to
commercial facilities (and employee
areas within public accommodations).
56 FR 35544, 35547 (July 26, 1991).
Several commenters suggested that
the proposed standards would establish
new requirements applicable to
employee-only areas, such as restrooms,
locker rooms, cafeterias, and break
rooms. These comments misunderstand
the current law. The 1991 Standards
apply to the new construction of, or
alteration to, commercial facilities
(including employee areas of public
accommodations), unless a specific
exemption applies. Employee commonuse areas, such as those listed above,
have been subject to title III and to
subpart D of the implementing
regulation, including the provisions in
the 1991 Standards. This coverage
means that unless the area is subject to
a specific exemption, it must comply
with the Standards and it must be on an
accessible route. The proposed
standards will not change that coverage.
The major change in the rule is in the
treatment of employee work areas.
Under the 1991 Standards, section
4.1.1(3), areas used only as work areas
are only required to permit a person
using a wheelchair to approach, enter,
and exit the area. Because of public
comment suggesting that owners of
commercial facilities were not providing
accessible routes within the facility,
proposed section 206.2.8 contains a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
requirement to provide accessible
common use circulation paths, subject
to several exceptions. Specific
comments received on employee work
areas are addressed in Appendix A.
Finally, one commenter suggested
that the Department should adopt a
system for providing formal
interpretations of the ADA Standards for
Accessible Design, analogous to the
code interpretation systems used by the
states and the major model codes.
Because the ADA is a civil rights
statute—rather than a building code—
the statute does not contemplate or
authorize a formal code interpretation
system. The ADA anticipated that there
would be a need for close coordination
of the ADA building requirements with
the state and local requirements.
Therefore, the statute authorized the
Attorney General to establish an ADA
code certification process, which is
addressed in subpart F of this rule.
In addition, the Department operates
an extensive technical assistance
program. The Department anticipates
that once this rule is final, it will revise
its existing technical assistance
materials to provide guidance about the
implementation of this rule.
Effective date: Time period. When the
ADA was enacted, the effective dates for
various provisions were delayed in
order to provide time for covered
entities to become familiar with their
new obligations. Titles II and III of the
ADA generally became effective on
January 26, 1992, six months after the
regulations were published. New
construction under title II and
alterations under either title II or title III
had to comply with the design
standards on that date. For new
construction under title III, the
requirements applied to facilities
designed and constructed for first
occupancy after January 26, 1993—
eighteen months after the 1991
Standards were published by the
Department.
The ANPRM presented three options
for the effective date time period:
Option I, providing that the effective
date of the proposed standards would be
eighteen months after publication of the
final rule; Option II, providing that the
effective date of the proposed standards
would be six months after publication of
the final rule; or Option III, providing
that the effective date of the proposed
standards would be twelve months after
publication of the final rule.
The Department received numerous
comments on this issue. The majority of
business, trade, and government
organizations advocated eighteen
months or more from publication of the
final rule. In contrast, many disability
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
advocacy groups and individuals argued
that the revised regulation should be
effective upon final publication, or very
soon thereafter. Many commenters
asserted that the importance of
providing increased accessibility for
people with disabilities necessitates that
the proposed standards become effective
as soon as possible.
The current situation is substantially
different from the conditions that
prevailed in 1990 when the ADA was
first enacted. Covered entities are no
longer dealing with a new statutory
obligation. Rather, the Department is
dealing with a transition between two
similar editions of the title III
regulation. Therefore, the Department
proposes that covered entities must
comply with the proposed standards for
construction that begins six months
after publication of the final rule as an
appropriate balancing of stakeholder
concerns.
This approach is consistent with the
approach of other federal agencies that
are in the process of adopting the 2004
ADAAG: The Department of
Transportation (DOT), which is
generally responsible for the
enforcement of title II of the ADA with
respect to public transportation, and the
General Services Administration (GSA),
which has adopted the Access Board’s
Architectural Barriers Act (ABA)
guidelines to replace the Uniform
Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS).
DOT’s final rule adopting the 2004
ADAAG became effective shortly after
publication. See 71 FR 63263 (Oct. 30,
2006) (to be codified at 49 CFR part 37).
Likewise, GSA adopted an effective date
of six months following publication of
the final rule. See 70 FR 67786 (Nov. 8,
2005).
Effective date: Triggering event. In the
ANPRM, the Department suggested
‘‘first use’’ as an alternative triggering
event for facilities that do not require
building permits or that do not receive
certificates of occupancy. The
Department received many comments in
response to this suggestion, as well as
criticisms of the current triggering event
for new construction under title III.
Some commenters noted that permitting
requirements for construction projects
covered by title III vary across both
states and localities. For example, some
jurisdictions in Iowa do not have
building codes applying to title III
entities, while Kentucky and Chicago do
not require building permits and
certificates of occupancy for
construction under certain monetary
thresholds. Owners and operators of
play areas and recreational facilities
commented that the permitting process
for such projects, when it exists, is
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
different from those involving typical
buildings. Specifically, the current title
III triggering events are ill-suited for
application to many elements of golf
and miniature golf sites, amusement
rides and attractions, playgrounds, park
facilities without electricity, and similar
entities.
The information provided by
commenters indicates that the first-use
approach would not provide adequate
guidance on when the proposed
standards would apply to certain
facilities and elements. Several
commenters suggested the start of
construction as the triggering event
because it would eliminate confusion
over facilities that do not require
permitting. Using the start of
construction as the triggering event
would harmonize title III’s requirements
for new construction with the
requirements for new construction and
alterations under title II and alterations
under title III. Several commenters on
this issue urged the Department to use
the same triggering events for title II and
title III.
The Department has been persuaded
by these comments to propose a
triggering event paralleling that for the
alterations provisions (i.e., the date on
which construction begins). This would
apply clearly across all types of covered
public accommodations, and the
Department plans to clarify what
constitutes the start of construction
based on responses to this NPRM. This
approach poses fewer problems than the
first-use approach by measuring only
the date on which physical construction
commences.
For prefabricated elements such as
modular buildings and amusement park
rides and attractions, or installed
equipment such as ATMs, the
Department proposes that the start of
construction means the date on which
the site preparation begins. Site
preparation includes providing an
accessible route to the element.
Question 50: The Department
proposes using the start of construction
as the triggering event for applying the
proposed standards to new construction
under title III. The Department asks for
public comment on how to define the
start of construction and the practicality
of applying commencement of
construction as a triggering event. Is the
proposed definition of the start of
construction sufficiently clear and
inclusive of different types of facilities?
Please be specific about the situations
that are not covered in the proposed
definitions, and suggest alternatives or
additional language. In addition, the
Department asks that the public identify
facilities subject to title III for which
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
commencement of construction would
be ambiguous or problematic.
Section 36.406(b) Application of
Standards to Fixed Elements
The Department is proposing a new
§ 36.406(b) that would clarify that the
requirements established by this
section, including those contained in
the proposed standards (and the 2004
ADAAG) prescribe the requirements
necessary to ensure that fixed or builtin elements in new or altered facilities
are accessible to people with
disabilities. Once the construction or
alteration of a facility has been
completed, all other aspects of
programs, services, and activities
conducted in that facility are subject to
the operational requirements
established elsewhere in this regulation.
Although the Department often chooses
to use the requirements of the 1991
Standards as a guide to determining
when and how to make equipment and
furnishings accessible, those coverage
determinations fall within the
discretionary authority of the
Department; they do not flow
automatically from the Standards.
The Department is also clarifying that
the advisory notes, appendix notes, and
figures that accompany the 1991
Standards do not establish separately
enforceable requirements. This
clarification has been made to address
concerns expressed by commenters who
mistakenly believed that the advisory
notes in the 2004 ADAAG established
requirements beyond those established
in the text of the guidelines (e.g.,
Advisory 504.4 suggests, but does not
require, that covered entities provide
visual contrast on stair tread nosings to
make them more visible to people with
low vision).
Section 36.406(c) Places of Lodging
The Department is proposing to add a
new § 36.406(c) to clarify the scope of
coverage for places of lodging. For many
years the Department has received
inquiries from members of the public
seeking clarification of ADA coverage of
rental accommodations in time-shares,
condominium hotels, and mixed-use
and corporate hotel facilities that
operate as places of lodging (as that term
is now defined in § 36.104). This section
proposes to address the treatment of
these hotel-like facilities that have
attributes of both residential dwellings
and transient lodging facilities. These
hybrid facilities have become
increasingly popular since the ADA’s
enactment in 1990 and make up the
majority of new hotel construction in
some vacation destinations. The hybrid
residential and lodging characteristics of
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34543
these new types of facilities complicate
determinations of ADA coverage,
prompting questions from both industry
and individuals with disabilities. While
the Department has interpreted the ADA
to encompass these hotel-like facilities
when they are used to provide transient
lodging, the regulation has not
specifically addressed them. Therefore,
the Department is proposing a new
§ 36.406(c), entitled, ‘‘Places of
lodging,’’ which clarifies that places of
lodging including time-shares,
condominium hotels, and mixed-use
and corporate hotel facilities shall
comply with the provisions of the
proposed standards, including but not
limited to the requirements for transient
lodging in sections 224 and 806 of the
2004 ADAAG.
The proposed rule, in the definitions
section, clarifies that a covered ‘‘place of
lodging’’ is a facility that provides guest
rooms for sleeping for stays that are
primarily short-term in nature (generally
two weeks or less), to which the
occupant does not have the right or
intent to return to a specific room or
unit after the conclusion of his or her
stay, and which operates under
conditions and with amenities similar to
a hotel, motel, or inn, particularly
including factors such as: (1) An on-site
proprietor and reservations desk; (2)
rooms available on a walk-up basis; (3)
linen service; and (4) a policy of
accepting reservations for a room type
without guaranteeing a particular unit
or room until check-in, without a prior
lease or security deposit. Time-shares
and condominiums or corporate hotels
that do not meet this definition will not
be covered by § 36.406(c) of the
proposed regulation, but will likely be
covered by the requirements of the Fair
Housing Act, 42 U.S.C. 3601 et seq. The
Department is seeking public input on
this proposal.
Question 51: The Department requests
comments on determining the
appropriate basis for scoping for a timeshare or condominium-hotel. Is it the
total number of units in the facility, or
some smaller number, such as the
number of units participating in the
rental program, or the number of units
expected to be available for rent on an
average night the most appropriate
measure?
Question 52: The Department’s
proposed definition of ‘‘place of
lodging’’ includes facilities that are
primarily short-term in nature, i.e., two
weeks or less in duration. Is ‘‘two weeks
or less’’ the appropriate dividing line
between transient and residential use? Is
thirty days a more appropriate dividing
line?
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
34544
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Question 53: The Department believes
that the scoping and technical
requirements for transient lodging,
rather than those for residential
dwelling units, should apply to these
places of lodging. Is this the most
appropriate choice?
Question 54: How should the
Department’s regulation provide for a
situation in which a new or converted
facility constructs the required number
of accessible units, but the owners of
those units choose not to participate in
the rental program? Does the facility
have an obligation to encourage or
require owners of accessible units to
participate in the rental program? Does
the facility developer, the condominium
association, or the hotel operator have
an obligation to retain ownership or
control over a certain number of
accessible units to avoid this problem?
Question 55: How should the
Department’s regulation establish the
scoping for a time-share or
condominium-rental facility that
decides, after the sale of units to
individual owners, to begin a rental
program that qualifies the facility as a
place of lodging? How should the
condominium association, operator, or
developer determine which units to
make accessible?
Section 36.406(d) Social Service
Establishments
The Department is proposing a new
§ 36.406(d) that provides that group
homes, halfway houses, shelters, or
similar social service establishments
that provide temporary sleeping
accommodations or residential dwelling
units shall comply with the provisions
of the proposed standards applicable to
residential facilities, including, but not
limited to, the provisions in sections
233 and 809 of the 2004 ADAAG.
The reasons for this proposal are
based on two important changes in the
2004 ADAAG. For the first time,
residential dwellings are explicitly
covered in section 233 of the 2004
ADAAG. Second, the language
addressing scoping and technical
requirements for homeless shelters,
group homes, and similar social service
establishments is eliminated. Currently,
such establishments are covered in the
transient lodging section (section 9.5) of
the 1991 Standards. The deletion of
section 9.5 creates ambiguity of
coverage that must be addressed.
The Department proposed in the
ANPRM that the establishments
currently covered by section 9.5 be
covered as residential dwelling units,
which are covered in section 233 of the
2004 ADAAG, rather than as transient
lodging guest rooms in section 224 of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
the 2004 ADAAG. The Department
considers this is a prudent action based
on its effect on social service providers.
Transferring coverage of social service
establishments from transient lodging to
residential dwellings will alleviate
conflicting requirements for social
service providers. The Department
believes that a substantial percentage of
social service providers are recipients of
federal financial assistance from HUD.
The Department of Health and Human
Services (HHS) also provides financial
assistance for the operation of shelters
through the Administration for Children
and Families programs. As such, they
are covered both by the ADA (including
section 9.5 of the 1991 Standards) and
section 504. The two design standards
for accessibility (i.e., the 1991 Standards
and UFAS) have confronted many social
service providers with separate,
sometimes conflicting requirements for
the design and construction of facilities.
To resolve the conflicts, the residential
dwelling standards in the 2004 ADAAG
have been coordinated with the section
504 requirements. The transient lodging
standards, however, are not similarly
coordinated. The deletion of section 9.5
of the 1991 Standards from the
proposed standards presents two
options: (1) Require coverage under the
transient lodging standards, and subject
such facilities to separate, conflicting
requirements for design and
construction; or (2) require coverage
under the residential dwelling section,
which harmonizes the regulatory
requirements under the ADA and
section 504. The Department chose the
option that harmonizes the regulatory
requirements.
In response to its request for public
comments on this issue, the Department
received a total of eleven responses from
industry and disability rights groups
and advocates. Some commenters
representing disability rights groups
expressed concern that the residential
dwelling requirements in the 2004
ADAAG are less stringent than the
revised transient lodging requirements
and would result in diminished access
for people with disabilities.
The commenters are correct that in
some circumstances, the residential
requirements are less stringent,
particularly with respect to accessibility
for people with communication-related
disabilities. Other differences are that
the residential guidelines do not require
elevator access to upper floors if the
required accessible features can be
provided on a single, accessible level,
and the residential guidelines do not
expressly require roll-in showers.
Despite this, the Department still
believes that applying the residential
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
dwelling unit requirements to homeless
shelters and similar social service
establishments is appropriate to the
nature of the services being offered at
those facilities, and because it will
harmonize the ADA and section 504
requirements applicable to those
facilities. In addition, the Department
believes that the proposal is consistent
with its obligations under the
Regulatory Flexibility Act to provide
some regulatory relief to small entities
that operate on limited budgets.
Nevertheless, the Department is
requesting information from providers
who operate homeless shelters, transient
group homes, halfway houses, and other
social service establishments, and from
the clients of these facilities who would
be affected by this proposed change.
Question 56: To what extent have
conflicts between the ADA and section
504 affected these facilities? What
would be the effect of applying the
residential dwelling unit requirements
to these facilities, rather than the
requirements for transient lodging guest
rooms?
Another commenter expressed
concern about how the Department
would address dormitory-style settings
in homeless shelters, transient group
homes, halfway houses, and other social
service establishments if they are
scoped as residential dwelling units.
The commenter noted that the transient
lodging requirements include a specific
provision, § 224.3, that in guest rooms
with more than twenty-five beds, at
least five percent (5%) of the beds must
have parallel clear floor space enabling
a person using a wheelchair to access
and transfer to the bed. The residential
dwelling unit section does not explicitly
include a similar provision.
In response to this concern, the
Department has added § 36.406(d)(1),
which states that in settings in which
the sleeping areas include more than
twenty-five beds, and in which the
residential dwelling unit requirements
apply, five percent (5%) of the beds
must comply with section 806.2.3 of the
2004 ADAAG (i.e., at least five percent
(5%) must have parallel clear floor
space on both sides of the bed enabling
a person using a wheelchair to access
and transfer to the bed).
Definitions of residential facilities and
transient lodging. The 2004 ADAAG
adds a definition of ‘‘residential
dwelling unit’’ and modifies the current
definition of ‘‘transient lodging’’ in the
1991 Standards. Under section 106.5 of
the 2004 ADAAG, a ‘‘residential
dwelling unit’’ is defined as ‘‘a unit
intended to be used as a residence, that
is primarily long-term in nature’’ and
does not include transient lodging,
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
inpatient medical care, licensed longterm care, and detention or correctional
facilities. Additionally, section 106.5 of
the 2004 ADAAG, changes the
definition of ‘‘transient lodging’’ to a
building or facility ‘‘containing one or
more guest room[s] for sleeping that
provides accommodations that are
primarily short-term in nature’’ and
does not include residential dwelling
units intended to be used as a residence.
The references to ‘‘dwelling units’’ and
‘‘dormitories’’ in the 1991 Standards
definition are omitted in the 2004
ADAAG definition of transient lodging.
The Department said in the ANPRM
that by applying the 2004 ADAAG
residential facility guidelines to
transient group homes, homeless
shelters, halfway houses, and other
social service establishments, these
facilities would be more appropriately
classified according to the nature of the
services they provide, rather than the
duration of those services. Participants
in these programs may be housed on
either a short-term or long-term basis in
such facilities, and variation occurs
even within the same programs and
same facility. Therefore, duration can be
an inconsistent way of classifying
facilities.
Several commenters stated that the
definitions of residential dwellings and
transient lodging are not clear and will
confuse social service providers. They
noted that including ‘‘primarily longterm’’ and ‘‘primarily short-term’’ in the
respective definitions creates confusion
when applied to the listed facilities
because they serve people for widely
varying lengths of time.
The Department is aware of the wide
range of services and duration of
services provided by social service
establishments. Therefore, rather than
focus on the length of a person’s stay at
a facility, it makes more sense to look
at a facility according to the type of
services provided. For that reason,
rather than saying that social service
establishments are residential facilities,
the Department has drafted the
proposed § 36.406(d) to provide that
group homes and other listed facilities
shall comply with the provisions in the
2004 ADAAG that would apply to
residential facilities.
Finally, the Department received
comments from code developers and
architects commending the decision to
coordinate the 2004 ADAAG with the
requirements of section 504, and asking
it to coordinate the 2004 ADAAG with
the Fair Housing Act’s accessibility
requirements. The Department believes
that the coordination of the Fair
Housing Act with other applicable
disability rights statutes is within the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
jurisdiction of HUD, which is the
agency charged with the responsibility
to develop regulations to implement the
Fair Housing Act, the Architectural
Barriers Act, and the provisions of
section 504 applicable to federally
funded housing programs.
Section 36.406(e)
Education
Housing at a Place of
The Department of Justice and the
Department of Education share
responsibility for regulation and
enforcement of the ADA in
postsecondary educational settings,
including architectural features.
Housing types in educational settings
range from traditional residence halls
and dormitories to apartment or
townhouse-style residences. In addition
to the ADA and section 504, other
federal laws, including the Fair Housing
Act of 1968, may apply. Covered entities
subject to the ADA must always be
aware of, and comply with, any other
federal statutes or regulations that
govern the operation of residential
properties.
Since the enactment of the ADA, the
Department has received many
questions about how the ADA applies to
educational settings, including school
dormitories. Neither the 1991 Standards
nor the 2004 ADAAG specifically
addresses how it applies to housing in
educational settings. Therefore, the
Department is proposing a new
§ 36.406(e) that provides that residence
halls or dormitories operated by or on
behalf of places of education shall
comply with the provisions of the
proposed standards for transient
lodging, including, but not limited to,
the provisions in sections 224 and 806
of the 2004 ADAAG. Housing provided
via individual apartments or
townhouses will be subject to the
requirements for residential dwelling
units.
Public and private school dormitories
have varied characteristics. Like social
service establishments, schools are
generally recipients of federal financial
assistance and are subject to both the
ADA and section 504. College and
university dormitories typically provide
housing for up to one academic year,
but may be closed during school
vacation periods. In the summer, they
are often used for short-term stays of
one to three days, a week, or several
months. They also are diverse in their
layout. Some have double-occupancy
rooms and a toilet and bathing room
shared with a hallway of others, while
others may have cluster, suite, or group
arrangements where several rooms are
located inside a secure area with
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34545
bathing, kitchen, and similar common
facilities.
Private schools are subject to title III
and are required to make their programs
and activities accessible to individuals
with disabilities. Throughout the school
year and the summer, school
dormitories can become program areas
in which small groups meet, receptions
and educational sessions are held, and
social activities occur. The ability to
move between rooms—both accessible
rooms and standard rooms—in order to
socialize, to study, and to use all public
and common use areas is an essential
part of having access to these
educational programs and activities.
Applying the requirements for
residential facilities to school
dormitories could hinder access to
educational programs for students with
disabilities. The prior discussion about
social service establishments with
sleeping accommodations explains that
the requirements for dispersing
accessible units would not necessarily
require an elevator or access to different
levels of a facility. Conversely, applying
the transient lodging requirements to
school dormitories would necessitate
greater access throughout the facility for
students with disabilities. Therefore, the
Department requests public comment on
how to scope school dormitories.
Question 57: Would the residential
facility requirements or the transient
lodging requirements in the 2004
ADAAG be more appropriate for
housing at places of education? How
would the different requirements affect
the cost when building new dormitories
and other student housing?
Section 36.406(f) Assembly Areas
The Department is proposing a new
§ 36.406(f) to supplement the assembly
areas requirements in the proposed
standards. This provision would impose
four additional requirements.
Proposed § 36.406(f)(1) requires
wheelchair and companion seating
locations to be dispersed so that some
seating is available on each level served
by an accessible route. This should have
the effect of ensuring a choice of ticket
prices, services, and amenities offered
in the facility. Factors distinguishing
specialty seating areas are generally
dictated by the type of facility or event,
but may include such distinct services
and amenities as: Reserved seating
(when other seats are sold on a firstcome-first-served basis only); reserved
seating in sections or rows located in
premium locations (e.g., behind home
plate or near the home team’s end zone)
that are not otherwise available for
purchase by other spectators; access to
wait staff for in-seat food or beverage
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34546
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
service; availability of catered food or
beverages for pre-game, intermission, or
post-game meals; restricted access to
lounges with special amenities (such as
couches or flat-screen televisions); or
access to team personnel or facilities for
team-sponsored events (e.g., autograph
sessions, sideline passes, or facility
tours) not otherwise available to other
spectators.
Proposed § 36.406(f)(2) reiterates the
longstanding requirement that
wheelchair and companion seating must
be integrated in the seating area, and
adds a new prohibition: that the seating
may not be placed on temporary
platforms or other movable structures.
The Department has become aware that
a growing trend in the design of large
sports facilities is to provide wheelchair
seating on removable platforms that seat
four or more wheelchair users and their
companions. These platforms cover one
or more rows of standard seating. The
platforms are designed to be removed so
that the part of the seating bowl they
cover can be used to seat additional
ambulatory spectators. The sale of any
seats in the covered area requires
removal of the platform, thereby
eliminating some of the required
wheelchair seating locations. In another
design that produces a similar result,
removable platforms configured to
provide multiple, non-wheelchair seats
are installed over some or all of the
required wheelchair seating locations.
In this configuration, selling a ticket for
one wheelchair location requires the
removal of multiple standard seats.
The Department believes that both of
these designs violate both the letter and
the intent of this regulation. Both
designs have the potential to reduce the
number of available wheelchair seating
spaces below the level required.
Reducing the number of available
spaces is likely to result in reducing the
opportunity for people who use
wheelchairs to have the same choice of
ticket prices and access to amenities
that are available to other patrons in the
facility. In addition, placing wheelchair
seating on removable platforms may
have a disproportionate effect on the
availability of seating for individuals
who use wheelchairs and their
companions attempting to buy tickets
on the day of the event. Use of
removable platforms may result in
instances where last minute requests for
wheelchair and companion seating
cannot be met because entire sections of
wheelchair seating will be lost when a
platform is removed. The use of
movable seats, on the other hand, could
meet such a demand without
eliminating blocks of wheelchair seating
at a time, converting only those seats
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
that are needed for ambulatory
spectators and are not wanted by
individuals who use wheelchairs and
their companions.
For these reasons, the Department
believes that it is necessary and
appropriate to prohibit the use of
temporary platforms in fixed seating
areas. Nothing in this section is
intended to prohibit the use of
temporary platforms to increase the
available seating, e.g., platforms that
cover a basketball court or hockey rink
when the arena is being used for a
concert. These areas of temporary
seating do not remove required
wheelchair locations and, therefore,
would not violate the requirements of
this regulation. In addition, covered
entities would still be permitted to use
individual movable seats to infill any
wheelchair locations that are not sold to
wheelchair users.
Proposed § 36.406(f)(3) requires
facilities that have more than 5,000 seats
to provide at least five wheelchair
locations with at least three companion
seats for each wheelchair space. The
Department is proposing this
requirement to address complaints from
many wheelchair users that the practice
of providing a strict one-to-one
relationship between wheelchair
locations and companion seating often
prevents family members from attending
events together.
Proposed § 36.406(f)(4) provides more
precise guidance for designers of
stadium-style movie theaters by
requiring such facilities to locate
wheelchair seating spaces and
companion seating on a riser or crossaisle in the stadium section that satisfies
at least one of the following criteria:
commenters representing the health care
industry pointed out that treatment
areas in health care facilities can be very
fluid due to fluctuation in the
population and other demographic and
medical funding trends. The Access
Board decided not to add a dispersion
requirement because compliance over
the lifetime of the facility could prove
difficult given the need for flexibility of
spaces within such facilities. The
Department recognizes that it may be
difficult to ensure a perfect distribution
of rooms throughout all specialty areas
in a hospital, but the Department is
concerned that the absence of any
dispersion requirement may result in
inappropriate concentrations of
accessible rooms.
Question 58: Is there a way to ensure
that accessible hospital rooms are
dispersed throughout the facility in a
way that will not unduly restrain the
ability of hospital administrators to
allocate space as needed? The 1991
Standards require that ten percent
(10%) of the patient bedrooms be
accessible. If it is not feasible to
distribute these rooms among each of
the specialty areas, would it be
appropriate that required accessible
rooms be dispersed so that there are
accessible patient rooms on each floor?
Are there other methods of dispersal
that would be more effective?
(i) It is located within the rear sixty percent
(60%) of the seats provided in an auditorium;
or
(ii) It is located within the area of an
auditorium in which the vertical viewing
angles (as measured to the top of the screen)
are from the 40th to the 100th percentile of
vertical viewing angles for all seats as ranked
from the seats in the first row (1st percentile)
to seats in the back row (100th percentile).
Other
Miniature Golf Courses. The
Department proposes to adopt the
requirements for miniature golf courses
in the 2004 ADAAG. However, it
requests public comment on a suggested
change to the requirement for holes to
be consecutive. A commenter
association argued that the ‘‘miniature
golf experience’’ includes not only
putting but also enjoyment of ‘‘beautiful
landscaping, water elements that
include ponds, fountain displays, and
lazy rivers that matriculate throughout
the course and themed structures that
allow players to be taken into a ‘fantasylike’ area.’’ Thus, requiring a series of
consecutive accessible holes would
limit the experience of guests with
disabilities to one area of the course. To
remedy this situation, the association
suggests allowing multiple breaks in the
sequence of accessible holes while
maintaining the requirement that the
Section 36.406(g)
Facilities
Medical Care
The Department is aware that the
Access Board sought comment on how
dispersion of accessible sleeping rooms
can effectively be achieved and
maintained in medical care facilities
such as hospitals. In response,
commenters representing people with
disabilities supported a requirement for
dispersion of accessible sleeping rooms
among all types of medical specialty
areas, such as obstetrics, orthopedics,
pediatrics, and cardiac care. Conversely,
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Section 36.407 Temporary Suspension
of Certain Detectable Warning
Requirements
The Department has removed
§ 36.407, entitled, ‘‘Temporary
suspension of certain detectable
warning requirements,’’ because the
suspension has expired.
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
accessible holes are connected by an
accessible route.
The suggested change would need to
be made by the Access Board and then
adopted by the Department, and if
adopted, it would apply to all miniature
golf courses, not only existing miniature
golf facilities.
Question 59: The Department would
like to hear from the public about the
suggestion of allowing multiple breaks
in the sequence of accessible holes,
provided that the accessible holes are
connected by an accessible route.
Should the Department ask the Access
Board to change the current requirement
in the 2004 ADAAG?
Subpart F—Certification of State Laws
or Local Building Codes
Subpart F contains procedures
implementing section 308(b)(1)(A)(ii) of
the ADA, which provides that, on the
application of a state or local
jurisdiction, the Attorney General may
certify that a state or local building code
or similar ordinance meets or exceeds
the minimum accessibility requirements
of the Act. In enforcement proceedings,
this certification will constitute
rebuttable evidence that the law or code
meets or exceeds the ADA’s
requirements. In its ANPRM, the
Department proposed changes that
would streamline the process for public
entities seeking certification.
In response to the comments received,
the Department proposes three changes
in Subpart F. First, the Department
proposes to delete § 36.603, which
establishes the obligations of a
submitting authority that is seeking
certification of its code. Due to the
proposed deletion of § 36.603, §§ 36.604
through 36.608 are renumbered, and
§ 36.603 in the proposed rule is
modified to indicate that the Assistant
Attorney General for the Civil Rights
Division (Assistant Attorney General)
shall make a preliminary determination
of equivalency after ‘‘receipt and review
of all information relevant to a request
filed by a submitting official for
certification of a code.’’ Second, the
Department proposes that the
requirement in § 36.605 (proposed
§ 36.604) (i.e., if the Assistant Attorney
General makes a preliminary
determination of equivalency, he or she
shall hold an informal hearing in
Washington, DC) be changed to a
requirement that the hearing be held in
the state or local jurisdiction charged
with administration and enforcement of
the code. Third, the Department
proposes adding language to § 36.607
(proposed § 36.606) to explain the effect
of the proposed standards on the codes
of state or local jurisdictions that were
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
determined in the past to meet or
exceed the 1991 Standards. Once the
proposed standards take effect,
certifications issued under the 1991
Standards would not have any future
effect, and states and local jurisdictions
with codes certified under the 1991
Standards would need to reapply for
certification under the proposed
standards once adopted. The
Department will make every effort to
give these requests priority in the
review process. With regard to elements
of existing buildings and facilities
constructed in compliance with a code
when a certification of equivalency was
in effect, the proposed rule would
require that in any enforcement action
this would be treated as rebuttable
evidence of compliance with the Act’s
standards then in effect, which may
implicate the barrier removal
obligations of existing facilities and the
‘‘safe harbor’’ approach.
Many commenters, including
business organizations, a professional
association, disability rights groups, and
individuals with disabilities, urged that
the Department take steps overall to
streamline the certification process—
including the initial request for
certification process—and make it less
time consuming and easier to
‘‘navigate’’ for state and local
jurisdictions. In response to these
comments, the Department has deleted
the current language in § 36.603, which
established the obligations of a
submitting authority seeking
certification of its code. The Department
anticipates that in place of § 36.603, it
will issue regulatory guidance in
conjunction with the publication of the
final rule that will provide more
streamlined submission requirements
and greater flexibility in the submission
process.
The Department believes that with the
adoption of the proposed standards, the
certification process will take
significantly less time to complete and
will be a more straightforward process.
In addition, it will be easier for
jurisdictions to identify inconsistencies
with the ADA in advance of requesting
certification, thereby facilitating the
certification review process. The
Department anticipates these results
because of the extensive efforts made by
the Access Board, working in
conjunction with model code
organizations, to harmonize the 2004
ADAAG with the accessibility
provisions of the model codes, which
form the basis of many state codes.
The Department also supports the
views of commenters who stressed the
importance of continued harmonization
efforts by the Access Board, in addition
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34547
to the benefits of providing more
technical guidance regarding the
consistency of model codes with the
ADA’s requirements. In that regard, the
Department expects to make available,
in conjunction with its publication of
the proposed standards, information
indicating differences between the 1991
Standards and the proposed standards,
and the model code of the International
Code Council and other model codes.
Many commenters, including a state
enforcement agency, business
organizations, and individuals with
disabilities, urged the Department to
eliminate the requirement that an
informal hearing be held in Washington,
DC, after issuance of a preliminary
determination of equivalency, and to
add a requirement that the hearing be
held within the affected jurisdiction,
since it would provide better
opportunities for interested parties to
attend and participate. Consistent with
these comments, the Department has
renumbered § 36.605 as § 36.604, and
has proposed a new requirement: If the
Assistant Attorney General makes a
preliminary determination of
equivalency, a hearing will be held in
the state or local jurisdiction charged
with administration and enforcement of
the code.
Two commenters, a professional
association and a model code
organization, urged the Department to
add to the process for certifying state
and local codes a procedure for
determining ADA-compliant design and
construction alternatives or equivalent
facilitation, or alternatively, to adopt a
separate mechanism for such
determinations modeled after a state
‘‘barrier free’’ design board. One of these
commenters also expressed frustration
that local building code officials in
jurisdictions with certified codes lacked
the authority to issue binding
interpretations of ADA compliance and
suggested the transfer of such authority
in conjunction with a certification
determination.
The Department has considered these
proposals, but notes that the approaches
suggested are not consistent with or
permissible under the statutory scheme
established by the ADA. Under the
ADA, certification of state and local
codes serves, to some extent, to mitigate
the absence of a federal mechanism for
reviewing nationally all architectural
plans and inspecting all covered
buildings under construction to ensure
compliance with the ADA. In this
regard, certification operates as a bridge
between the obligation to comply with
the 1991 Standards in new construction
and alterations, and the administrative
schemes of state and local governments
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34548
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
that regulate the design and
construction process. By ensuring
consistency between state or local codes
and federal accessibility standards,
certification has the additional benefit
of streamlining the ‘‘regulatory
process,’’ thereby making it easier for
those in the design and construction
industry to satisfy both state and federal
requirements.
Although certification has the
potential to increase compliance with
the ADA, this result, however desirable,
is not guaranteed. The ADA
contemplated that there could be
enforcement actions brought even in
states with certified codes, and provided
some protection in litigation to builders
who adhered to the provisions of the
code certified to be ADA-equivalent,
without resorting to waivers or
variances. The certified code, however,
remains within the authority of the
adopting state or local jurisdiction to
interpret and enforce: certification does
not transform a state’s building code
into federal law. Nor can certification
alone authorize state and local building
code officials implementing a certified
code to do more than they are
authorized to do under state or local
law, and these officials cannot acquire
authority through certification to render
binding interpretations of federal law.
Therefore, the Department, while
understanding the interest in obtaining
greater assurance of compliance with
the ADA through the interpretation and
enforcement of a certified code by local
code officials, declines to amend the
regulation to reach what are purely state
and local processes of code enforcement
and administration or to attempt to
confer on local officials authority not
granted to them under the ADA.
The Department also declines to
propose modifications to the regulation
to require, as one individual commenter
suggested, that the receipt of federal
funds be made contingent upon a state
or local government’s willingness to
bring its building code into compliance
with the ADA and, ostensibly, obtain
certification. The ADA establishes
certification as a voluntary process;
altering the statutory scheme is beyond
the Department’s authority.
A comment received from a firm
representing several business
organizations questioned whether the
current certification process could ever
provide states with certified codes the
opportunity to keep current with
changes in model codes because of
inflexibility in either the federal
rulemaking process or the certification
process itself. The commenter also
pointed out that there are a number of
states with codes that follow the current
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
‘‘guidelines’’ but have not received
certification. All of these circumstances
require that ‘‘the certification process
* * * start over under a new process.’’
The Department shares the commenter’s
concern regarding the importance of
states with certified codes to update and
keep their code certifications current. In
that regard, the Department has
undertaken significant outreach to
remind states of the need to request
review from the Department for changes
or amendments to a certified code. The
Department also has written to states
that have not sought code certification
to encourage them to do so. However,
certification is a voluntary process, and
the Department cannot require that
states with certified codes submit
amendments to a certified code any
more than it can require the initial code
certification. The Department will
continue to remind states with certified
codes that the protection in litigation
available through compliance with a
certified code does not extend to
uncertified code amendments.
The Department requested comment
in its ANPRM on what impact the
proposed standards should have on the
status of accessibility requirements that
were previously determined to have met
or exceeded the 1991 Standards. A
number of commenters, including
business groups, retail associations,
hotel chains, associations of amusement
parks, and a national chamber of
commerce, urged the Department to
allow each jurisdiction with a certified
accessibility code to retain its
certification after the adoption of the
proposed standards under ‘‘safe harbor’’
provisions. Many of the same
commenters urged the Department to
provide facilities constructed in
accordance with currently certified
accessibility codes meaningful
protection from litigation.
Other commenters expressed a
different view concerning the impact
the proposed standards should have on
currently certified codes. A state
enforcement agency urged the
Department to allow each jurisdiction
with a certified accessibility code to
retain its certification only if the
relevant jurisdiction could show that its
accessibility code meets the proposed
standards. An organization representing
people with disabilities urged the
Department to require each jurisdiction
with a certified accessibility code to
amend its accessibility code to meet the
proposed standards thirty days after
they are adopted. Another commenter,
an individual with a disability, urged
the Department to allow each
jurisdiction with a certified accessibility
code to retain its certification for a
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
period of five years so that the relevant
jurisdiction could amend its
accessibility code to meet the proposed
standards once adopted.
Two commenters, an architectural
firm and an organization of disability
access professionals, suggested that the
Department implement a re-certification
process to:
(1) Expedite those jurisdictions now
certified; and (2) allow those
jurisdictions to retain their certifications
while amending their accessibility
codes to meet the proposed standards.
While the Department understands the
substantial commitment of time and
effort expended by states that have
obtained certification of their codes, the
Department anticipates requiring
certification of equivalency for the
accessibility requirements for
construction and alteration of title III
facilities on the basis of the proposed
standards once they take effect. Thus,
states with codes certified under the
1991 Standards will need to conform
their codes to the proposed standards
and obtain certification for the revised
code. Any other approach would place
the Department in the untenable
position of the appearance of
sanctioning the continued use of codes
in certain parts of the country that are
based upon outdated federal standards,
while requiring compliance with the
proposed standards in the rest of the
country. With regard to facilities
constructed in compliance with a
certified code prior to the proposed
standards, and during the period when
a certification of equivalency was in
effect, the Department is considering an
approach that may merge with the basic
safe harbor discussed in § 36.304 with
respect to existing facilities constructed
in compliance with the 1991 Standards.
So, for example, if the Department
adopts a safe harbor provision for all
elements in existing facilities
constructed in compliance with the
1991 Standards, then existing facilities
in states with certified codes would be
eligible for a safe harbor if they were
constructed in compliance with an
ADA-certified code. In this scenario,
compliance with the certified code
would be treated as evidence of
compliance with the 1991 Standards for
purposes of determining the application
of the safe harbor provisions. Similarly,
the Department believes that builders
who constructed in compliance with a
certified code should retain the
protections in litigation that
certification conferred, but only with
regard to the ADA Standards in effect at
the time. Therefore, in an enforcement
action involving elements of existing
facilities constructed in compliance
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
with a certified code, compliance with
the certified code would continue to
constitute rebuttable evidence of
compliance with the ADA Standards
then in effect, which could be relevant
to a number of issues in the future such
as barrier removal and good faith on the
part of builders or business owners.
Builders of newly constructed or altered
facilities, however, would only receive
protection in litigation if they
constructed in compliance with a code
certified as equivalent to the proposed
standards.
The Department has amended
§ 36.607 (proposed § 36.606) that
explains the effect of the proposed
standards on existing certifications of
equivalency issued under the 1991
Standards.
In addition, the Department has
considered proposals that the
Department ‘‘fast-track’’ a request for recertification and give greater priority to
states seeking re-certification for their
codes. The Department plans to
facilitate the efforts of states with codes
certified under the 1991 Standards to
obtain certification under the proposed
standards. After publication of the
proposed standards, but before their
effective date, the Department will
concentrate its efforts on assisting states
with certified codes to identify the
changes needed to conform their
existing codes to the proposed
standards. Priority in the review process
will be given to states with certified
codes interested in obtaining recertification pursuant to the proposed
standards. In addition, the Department
will consider approaches internally that
could result in a more efficient process
for satisfying the procedural
requirements for issuance of
preliminary determinations, such as
consolidating the Federal Register
notices for the comment periods of two
or more states if determinations are
issued in close proximity to one
another, and scheduling informal
hearings in a manner that maximizes the
ability of the Department’s staff to
conduct them within a relatively short
time period.
Effect on the certification process of
using more than one regulatory scheme
at the state or local level to establish
accessibility requirements for title III
facilities with new design requirements
in the proposed standards. The
proposed standards will include
requirements for elements and spaces
that are not addressed specifically in the
1991 Standards, including elements
within recreational facilities and play
areas such as swimming pools, spas,
miniature golf courses, components in
play areas, amusement rides, boating
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
facilities, and fishing piers or platforms.
Many of these will be constructed as
components of buildings and facilities
regulated by state and local
governments through their building
codes. In other instances, they may not
occur in conjunction with a building or
facility that is traditionally regulated
through the building code. The
Department understands that state and
local governments may differ in their
choices regarding how to incorporate
new accessibility requirements for
recreational facilities and play areas.
The opportunity to seek certification is
not limited to jurisdictions that
incorporate accessibility requirements
into building codes and enforce them
through a building code authority.
Jurisdictions can adopt legally
enforceable accessibility requirements
through a variety of regulatory schemes,
including the building code, and lodge
oversight authority in a governmental
entity other than a code authority, such
as a human relations commission, a
department of public safety, the office of
a local fire marshal, or an office that
issues business licenses.
The Department is considering what
impact the administration of
accessibility requirements through more
than one regulatory scheme under the
authority of more than one state or local
agency should have on the certification
review process. The Department
contemplates that when a jurisdiction
uses more than one regulatory scheme
to incorporate its accessibility
requirements for title III facilities, all of
the requirements would be the subject
of a request for certification, even if
there are ‘‘joint’’ submitting officials
representing the respective agencies
with enforcement responsibility.
Additional Information:
Withdrawal of Outstanding NPRMs
With the publication of this NPRM,
the Department is withdrawing three
outstanding NPRMs: the joint NPRM of
the Department and the Access Board
dealing with children’s facilities,
published on July 22, 1996, at 61 FR
37964; the Department’s proposal to
extend the time period for providing
curb ramps at existing pedestrian
walkways, published on November 27,
1995, at 60 FR 58462; and the
Department’s proposal to adopt the
Access Board’s accessibility guidelines
and specifications for state and local
government facilities, published as an
interim final rule by the Access Board
on June 20, 1994, at 59 FR 31676, and
by the Department as a proposed rule on
June 20, 1994, at 59 FR 31808. To the
extent that those proposals were
incorporated in the 2004 ADAAG, they
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34549
will all be included in the Department’s
proposed standards.
Regulatory Process Matters
This NPRM has been reviewed by the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) under Executive Order 12866. 58
FR 51735 (Sept. 30, 1993). The
Department has evaluated its existing
regulations for title II and title III section
by section, and many of the proposals
in its NPRMs for both titles reflect its
efforts to mitigate any negative effects
on small entities. The Department has
also prepared an initial regulatory
impact analysis (RIA), as directed by
Executive Order 12866 (amended
without substantial change by E.O.
13258, 67 FR 9385 (Feb. 26, 2002), and
E.O. 13422, 72 FR 2763 (Jan. 18, 2007)),
and OMB Circular A–4.
The Department’s initial regulatory
impact analysis measures the
incremental benefits and costs of the
proposed standards relative to the
benefits and costs of the 1991
Standards. The assessment has
estimated the benefits and costs of all
new and revised requirements as they
would apply to newly constructed
facilities, altered facilities, and facilities
that are removing barriers to access.
A summary of the regulatory
assessment, including the Department’s
responses to public comments
addressing its proposed methodology
and approach, is attached as Appendix
B to this NPRM. The complete, formal
report of the initial regulatory impact
analysis is available online for public
review on the Department’s ADA Home
Page (https://www.ada.gov) and at https://
www.regulations.gov. The report is the
work product of the Department’s
contractor, HDR/HLB Decision
Economics, Inc. The Department has
adopted the results of this analysis as its
assessment of the benefits and costs that
the proposed standards will confer on
society. The Department invites the
public to read the full report and to
submit electronic comments at https://
www.regulations.gov.
Regulatory Flexibility Act
This NPRM has also been reviewed by
the Small Business Administration’s
Office of Advocacy pursuant to
Executive Order 13272, 67 FR 53461
(Aug. 13, 2002). Because the proposed
rule, if adopted, may have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities, the
Department has conducted an Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA)
as a component of this rulemaking. The
Department’s ANPRM, NPRM, and the
RIA include all of the elements of the
IRFA required by the Regulatory
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34550
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Flexibility Act (RFA). See 5 U.S.C. 601
et seq., as amended by the SBREFA, 5
U.S.C. 603(b)(1)–(5), 603(c).
Section 603(b) lists specific
requirements for an IRFA regulatory
analysis. The Department has addressed
these IRFA issues throughout the
ANPRM, NPRM, and the RIA. In
summary, the Department has satisfied
its IRFA obligations under section
603(b) by providing the following:
1. Description of the reasons that
action by the agency is being
considered. See, e.g., ‘‘The Roles of the
Access Board and the Department of
Justice,’’ ‘‘The Revised Guidelines,’’ and
‘‘The Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking’’ sections of the titles II and
III NPRMs; Section 2.1, ‘‘Access Board
Regulatory Assessment’’ of the initial
regulatory impact analysis; see also
Department of Justice ADA Advanced
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 69 FR
58768, 58768–70, (Sept. 30, 2004)
(outlining the regulatory history and
rationale underlying DOJ’s proposal to
revise its regulations implementing
titles II and III of the ADA);
2. Succinct statement of the objectives
of, and legal basis for, the proposed
rule. See, e.g., titles II and III NPRM
sections entitled, ‘‘Summary,’’
‘‘Overview,’’ ‘‘Purpose,’’ ‘‘The ADA and
Department of Justice Regulations,’’
‘‘The Roles of the Access Board and the
Department of Justice,’’ ‘‘Background
(SBREFA, Regulatory Flexibility Act,
and Executive Order) Reviews,’’ and
‘‘Regulatory Impact Analysis’’; App. B:
Regulatory Assessment sections
entitled, ‘‘Background,’’ ‘‘Regulatory
Alternatives,’’ ‘‘Regulatory Proposals
with Cost Implications,’’ and
‘‘Measurement of Incremental Benefits’’;
see also 69 FR at 58768–70, 58778–79
(outlining the goals and statutory
directives for the regulations
implementing titles II and III of the
ADA);
3. Description of, and, where feasible,
an estimate of the number of small
entities to which the proposed rule will
apply. See Section 6, ‘‘Small Business
Impact Analysis’’ and App. 5, ‘‘Small
Business Data of the RIA’’ (available for
review at https://www.ada.gov); see also
App. B: Regulatory Assessment sections
entitled, ‘‘Regulatory Alternatives,’’
Regulatory Proposals with Cost
Implications,’’ and ‘‘Measurement of
Incremental Benefits’’ (estimating the
number of small entities the Department
believes may be impacted by the
proposed rules and calculating the
likely incremental economic impact of
these rules on small facilities/entities
versus ‘‘typical’’ (i.e., average-sized)
facilities/entities);
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
4. Description of the projected
reporting, record-keeping, and other
compliance requirements of the
proposed rule, including an estimate of
the classes of small entities that will be
subject to the requirement and the type
of professional skills necessary for
preparation of the report or record. See
titles II and III NPRM sections entitled,
‘‘Paperwork Reduction Act’’ (providing
that no new record-keeping or reporting
requirements will be imposed by the
NPRMs). The Department acknowledges
that there are other compliance
requirements in the NPRMs that may
impose costs on small entities. These
costs are presented in the Department’s
Initial Regulatory Impact Analysis,
Chapter 6, ‘‘Small Business Impact
Analysis’’ and accompanying App. 5,
‘‘Small Business Data’’ (available for
review at https://www.ada.gov);
5. Identification, to the extent
practicable, of all relevant federal rules
that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict
with the proposed rule. See, e.g., title II
NPRM sections entitled, ‘‘Analysis of
Impact on Small Entities’’ (generally
describing DOJ efforts to eliminate
duplication or overlap in federal
accessibility guidelines), ‘‘The ADA and
Department of Justice Regulations,’’
‘‘Social Service Establishments’’
(§ 35.151(e)), ‘‘Streamlining Complaint
Investigations and Designated Agency
Authority’’ (§§ 35.171, 35.172, and
35.190), ‘‘Executive Order 13132:
Federalism’’ (discussing interplay of
section 504 and ADA Standards),
‘‘Alterations’’ (§ 35.151(b)) (discussing
interplay of UFAS and ADA Standards);
title III NPRM sections entitled,
‘‘Analysis of Impact on Small Entities’’
(generally describing DOJ’s
harmonization efforts with other federal
accessibility guidelines), ‘‘Social Service
Establishments’’ (§ 36.406(d)),
‘‘Definitions of Residential Facilities
and Transient Lodging,’’ ‘‘Housing at a
Place of Education’’ (§ 36.406(e))
(discussing section 504), ‘‘Change
‘Service Animal’ to ‘Assistance
Animal,’’ ’ ‘‘Scope of Coverage’’
(discussing Fair Housing Act),
‘‘Effective Date: Time Period,’’ and
‘‘Social Service Establishments’’
(discussing UFAS); and
6. Description of any significant
alternatives to the proposed rule that
accomplish the stated objectives of
applicable statutes and minimize any
significant impact of the proposed rule
on small entities, including alternatives
considered, such as: (1) Establishment
of differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take
into account the resources available to
small entities; (2) use of performance
rather than design standards; and (3)
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
any exemption from coverage of the
rule, or any part thereof, for such small
entities.
The Department’s rulemaking efforts
satisfy the IRFA requirements for
consideration of significant regulatory
alternatives. In September 2004, the
Department issued an ANPRM to
commence the process of revising its
regulations implementing titles II and III
of the ADA. See 69 FR 58768 (Sept. 30,
2004). Among other things, the ANPRM
sought public comment on 54 specific
questions. Prominent among these
questions was the issue of whether (and
how) to craft a ‘‘safe harbor’’ provision
for existing title III-covered facilities/
entities that would reduce the financial
burden of complying with the 2004
ADAAG. See id. at 58771–58772. The
ANPRM also specifically invited
comment from small entities concerning
the proposed rules’ potential economic
impact and suggested regulatory
alternatives to ameliorate such impact.
Id. at 58779 (Question 10). By the end
of the comment period, the Department
had received over 900 comments,
including comments from SBA’s Office
of Advocacy and small entities. See,
e.g., title II NPRM Preamble and title III
NPRM Preamble sections entitled, ‘‘The
Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking’’ (summarizing public
response to the ANPRM). Many small
business advocates expressed concern
regarding the cost of making older
existing title III-covered buildings
compliant with new regulations (since
many small businesses operate in such
facilities) and urged DOJ to issue clearer
guidance on barrier removal. See title III
NPRM Preamble discussion of ‘‘Safe
harbor and other proposed limitations
on barrier removal.’’ In drafting the
NPRMs for titles II and III, the
Department expressly addressed small
businesses’ collective ANPRM
comments and proposed regulatory
alternatives to help mitigate the
economic impact of the proposed
regulations on small entities. For
example, the Department’s regulatory
proposals:
• Provide a ‘‘safe harbor’’ provision
whereby elements in existing title II- or
title III-covered buildings or facilities
that are compliant with the current 1991
Standards or UFAS need not be
modified to comply with the standards
in the proposed regulations (see ‘‘Safe
Harbor’’ and § 35.150(b)(2) of the title II
NPRM ‘‘Safe Harbor and Other Proposed
Limitations on Barrier Removal’’ and
§ 36.304 of the title III NPRM);
• Adopt a regulatory alternative for
barrier removal that, for the first time,
provides a specific annual monetary
‘‘cost cap’’ for barrier removal
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
obligations for qualified small
businesses (see title III NPRM sections
entitled, ‘‘Safe Harbor and Other
Proposed Limitations on Barrier
Removal’’ and ‘‘Safe Harbor for
Qualified Small Businesses Regarding
What Is Readily Achievable’’);
• Exempt certain existing small
recreational facilities (i.e., play areas,
swimming pools, saunas, and steam
rooms) which, in turn, are often owned
or operated by small entities, from
barrier removal obligations in order to
comply with the standards in the
proposed regulations (see title II NPRM
at § 35.150(b)(4) and (5) and title III
NPRM section entitled, ‘‘Reduced
Scoping for Public Accommodations,
Small Facilities, and Qualified Small
Businesses’’); and
• Reduce scoping for certain other
existing recreational facilities (i.e., play
areas over 1,000 square feet and
swimming pools with over 300 linear
feet of pool wall) operated by either title
II or title III entities (see title II NPRM
at § 35.150(b)(4) and (5) and title III
NPRM section entitled, ‘‘Reduced
Scoping for Public Accommodations,
Small Facilities, and Qualified Small
Businesses’’).
Taken together, the foregoing
regulatory proposals amply demonstrate
that the Department was sensitive to the
potential economic impact of the
revised regulations on small businesses
and attempted to mitigate this impact
with a variety of provisions that, to the
extent consistent with the ADA, impose
reduced compliance standards on small
entities.
Section 610 Review. The Department
is also required to conduct a periodic
regulatory review pursuant to section
610 of the RFA, 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., as
amended by the SBREFA, 5 U.S.C. 610
et seq.
The review requires agencies to
consider five factors: (1) The continued
need for the rule; (2) the nature of
complaints or comments received
concerning the rule from the public; (3)
the complexity of the rule; (4) the extent
to which the rule overlaps, duplicates,
or conflicts with other federal rules and,
to the extent feasible, with state and
local governmental rules; and (5) the
length of time since the rule has been
evaluated or the degree to which
technology, economic conditions, or
other factors have changed in the area
affected by the rule. See 5 U.S.C. 610(b).
Based on these factors, the agency is
required to determine whether to
continue the rule without change or to
amend or rescind the rule, to minimize
any significant economic impact of the
rule on a substantial number of small
entities. See id. at 610(a).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
In developing these proposed rules,
the Department has gone through its
regulations section by section, and, as a
result, proposes several clarifications
and amendments in both the title II and
title III implementing regulations. The
proposals reflect the Department’s
analysis and review of complaints or
comments from the public as well as
changes in technology. Many of the
proposals aim to clarify and simplify the
obligations of covered entities. As
discussed in greater detail above, one
significant goal of the development of
the 2004 ADAAG was to eliminate
duplication or overlap in federal
accessibility guidelines as well as to
harmonize the federal guidelines with
model codes. The Department has also
worked to create harmony where
appropriate between the requirements of
titles II and III. Finally, while the
regulation is required by statute and
there is a continued need for it as a
whole, the Department proposes several
modifications that are intended to
reduce its effects on small entities.
The Department has consulted with
the Small Business Administration’s
Office of Advocacy about this process.
The Office of Advocacy has advised that
although the process followed by the
Department was ancillary to the
proposed adoption of revised ADA
Standards, the steps taken to solicit
public input and to respond to public
concerns is functionally equivalent to
the process required to complete a
section 610 review. Therefore, this
rulemaking fulfills the Department’s
obligations under the RFA.
Executive Order 13132: Federalism
Executive Order 13132, 64 FR 43255
(Aug. 4, 1999), requires executive
branch agencies to consider whether a
proposed rule will have federalism
implications. That is, the rulemaking
agency must determine whether the rule
is likely to have substantial direct
effects on state and local governments,
a substantial direct effect on the
relationship between the federal
government and the states and
localities, or a substantial direct effect
on the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the different
levels of government. If an agency
believes that a proposed rule is likely to
have federalism implications, it must
consult with state and local elected
officials about how to minimize or
eliminate the effects.
Title II of the ADA covers state and
local government programs, services,
and activities and, therefore, clearly has
some federalism implications. State and
local governments have been subject to
the ADA since 1991, and the majority
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34551
have also been required to comply with
the requirements of section 504. Hence,
the ADA and the title II regulations are
not novel for state and local
governments. This proposed rule will
preempt state laws affecting entities
subject to the ADA only to the extent
that those laws directly conflict with the
statutory requirements of the ADA. But
the Department believes it is prudent to
consult with public entities about the
potential federalism implications of the
proposed title II regulations.
Title III of the ADA covers public
accommodations and commercial
facilities. These facilities are generally
subject to regulation by different levels
of government, including federal, state,
and local governments. The ADA and
the Department’s implementing
regulations set minimum civil rights
protections for individuals with
disabilities that in turn may affect the
implementation of state and local laws,
particularly building codes. For these
reasons, the Department has determined
that this NPRM may have federalism
implications and requires
intergovernmental consultation in
compliance with Executive Order
13132.
The Department intends to amend the
regulations in a manner that meets the
objectives of the ADA while also
minimizing conflicts between state law
and federal interests. To that end, as a
member of the Access Board, the
Department has been privy to
substantial feedback from state and local
governments through the development
of the 2004 ADAAG. In addition, the
Department solicited and received input
from public entities in the September
2004 ANPRM. Some elements of the
proposed rules reflect the Department’s
work to mitigate federalism
implications, particularly the provisions
that streamline the administrative
process for state and local governments
seeking ADA code certification under
title III.
The Department is now soliciting
comments from elected state and local
officials and their representative
national organizations through this
NPRM. The Department seeks comment
from all interested parties, but
especially state and local elected
officials, about the potential federalism
implications of the proposed rule. The
Department welcomes comments on
whether the proposed rule may have
direct effects on state and local
governments, the relationship between
the Federal Government and the States,
or the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government.
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
34552
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act of 1995
The National Technology Transfer
and Advancement Act of 1995 (NTTAA)
directs that all federal agencies and
departments shall use technical
standards that are developed or adopted
by voluntary consensus standards
bodies, which are private, generally
non-profit organizations that develop
technical standards or specifications
using well-defined procedures that
require openness, balanced
participation among affected interests
and groups, fairness and due process,
and an opportunity for appeal, as a
means to carry out policy objectives or
activities. Public Law 104–113 (15
U.S.C. 272(b)). In addition, the NTTAA
directs agencies to consult with
voluntary, private sector, consensus
standards bodies and requires that
agencies participate with such bodies in
the development of technical standards
when such participation is in the public
interest and is compatible with agency
and departmental missions, authorities,
priorities, and budget resources.
The Department, as a member of the
Access Board, was an active participant
in the lengthy process of developing the
2004 ADAAG, on which the proposed
standards are based. As part of this
update, the Board has made its
guidelines more consistent with model
building codes, such as the International
Building Code (IBC), and industry
standards. It coordinated extensively
with model code groups and standardsetting bodies throughout the process so
that differences could be reconciled. As
a result, an historic level of
harmonization has been achieved that
has brought about improvements to the
guidelines, as well as to counterpart
provisions in the IBC and key industry
standards, including those for accessible
facilities issued through the American
National Standards Institute.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Plain Language Instructions
The Department makes every effort to
promote clarity and transparency in its
rulemaking. In any regulation, there is a
tension between drafting language that
is simple and straightforward that also
gives full effect to issues of legal
interpretation. The Department operates
a toll-free ADA Information Line (800–
514–0301 (voice); 800–514–0383 (TTY))
that the public is welcome to call at any
time to obtain assistance in
understanding anything in this rule. If
any commenter has suggestions for how
the regulation could be written more
clearly, please contact Janet L. Blizard,
Deputy Chief, Disability Rights Section,
whose contact information is provided
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
in the introductory section of this rule,
entitled, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT.
Paperwork Reduction Act
The Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
requires agencies to clear forms and
recordkeeping requirements with OMB
before they can be introduced. 44 U.S.C.
3501 et seq. This rule does not contain
any paperwork or recordkeeping
requirements and does not require
clearance under the PRA.
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Section 4(2) of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C.
1503(2), excludes from coverage under
that Act any proposed or final federal
regulation that ‘‘establishes or enforces
any statutory rights that prohibit
discrimination on the basis of race,
color, religion, sex, national origin, age,
handicap, or disability.’’ Accordingly,
this rulemaking is not subject to the
provisions of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act.
List of Subjects for 28 CFR Part 36
Administrative practice and
procedure, Buildings and facilities,
Business and industry, Civil rights,
Individuals with disabilities, Penalties,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
By the authority vested in me as
Attorney General by law, including 28
U.S.C. 509 and 510, 5 U.S.C. 301, and
section 306 of the Americans with
Disabilities Act, Public Law 101–336, 42
U.S.C. 12186, and for the reasons set
forth in the preamble, Chapter I of title
28 of the Code of Federal Regulations is
proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 36—NONDISCRIMINATION ON
THE BASIS OF DISABILITY BY PUBLIC
ACCOMMODATIONS AND IN
COMMERCIAL FACILITIES
Subpart A—General
1. The authority citation for 28 CFR
part 36 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 28 U.S.C. 509,
510; 42 U.S.C. 12186(b).
2–3. Amend § 36.104 by adding the
following definitions of 1991 Standards,
2004 ADAAG, direct threat, existing
facility, other power-driven mobility
device, place of lodging, proposed
standards, qualified reader, qualified
small business, video interpreting
services (VIS), and wheelchair in
alphabetical order and revising the
definitions of qualified interpreter and
service animal to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 36.104
Definitions.
1991 Standards means the ADA
Standards for Accessible Design, as
defined in 28 CFR part 36, Appendix A.
2004 ADAAG means the requirements
set forth in appendices B and D to 36
CFR part 1191.
*
*
*
*
*
Direct threat means a significant risk
to the health or safety of others that
cannot be eliminated by a modification
of policies, practices, or procedures, or
by the provision of auxiliary aids or
services.
*
*
*
*
*
Existing facility means a facility that
has been constructed and remains in
existence on any given date.
*
*
*
*
*
Other power-driven mobility device
means any of a large range of devices
powered by batteries, fuel, or other
engines—whether or not designed solely
for use by individuals with mobility
impairments—that are used by
individuals with mobility impairments
for the purpose of locomotion, including
golf cars, bicycles, electronic personal
assistance mobility devices (EPAMDs),
or any mobility aid designed to operate
in areas without defined pedestrian
routes.
*
*
*
*
*
Place of lodging. For purposes of this
part, a facility is a place of lodging if
it—
(1) Provides guestrooms for sleeping
for stays that are primarily short-term in
nature (generally two weeks or less)
where the occupant does not have the
right or intent to return to a specific
room or unit after the conclusion of his
or her stay;
(2) Under conditions and with
amenities similar to a hotel, motel, or
inn, including—
(i) An on-site proprietor and
reservations desk,
(ii) Rooms available on a walk-up
basis,
(iii) Linen service, and
(iv) Accepting reservations for a room
type without guaranteeing a particular
unit or room until check-in, without a
prior lease or security deposit.
*
*
*
*
*
Proposed standards means the
requirements set forth in appendices B
and D to 36 CFR part 1191 as adopted
by the Department of Justice.
*
*
*
*
*
Qualified interpreter means an
interpreter who is able to interpret
effectively, accurately, and impartially
using any necessary specialized
vocabulary. Qualified interpreters
include, for example, sign language
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
interpreters, oral interpreters, and cued
speech interpreters. Oral interpreter
means an interpreter who has special
skill and training to mouth a speaker’s
words silently for individuals who are
deaf or hard of hearing. Cued speech
interpreter means an interpreter who
functions in the same manner as an oral
interpreter except that he or she also
uses a hand code, or cue, to represent
each speech sound.
Qualified reader means a person who
is able to read effectively, accurately,
and impartially using any necessary
vocabulary.
Qualified small business means a
public accommodation that meets the
definition of ‘‘business concern’’ in 13
CFR 121.105 and that, together with its
Affiliates, as determined pursuant to the
criteria set forth in 13 CFR 121.103,
meets the small business size standards
established in 13 CFR 121.201, for the
industry in which it is primarily
engaged, as amended from time to time
by the Small Business Administration.
The term ‘‘primarily engaged’’ for
purposes of this definition is defined in
13 CFR 121.107.
*
*
*
*
*
Service animal means any dog or
other common domestic animal
individually trained to do work or
perform tasks for the benefit of an
individual with a disability, including,
but not limited to, guiding individuals
who are blind or have low vision,
alerting individuals who are deaf or
hard of hearing to the presence of
people or sounds, providing minimal
protection or rescue work, pulling a
wheelchair, fetching items, assisting an
individual during a seizure, retrieving
medicine or the telephone, providing
physical support and assistance with
balance and stability to individuals with
mobility disabilities, and assisting
individuals, including those with
cognitive disabilities, with navigation.
The term service animal includes
individually trained animals that do
work or perform tasks for the benefit of
individuals with disabilities, including
psychiatric, cognitive, and mental
disabilities. The term service animal
does not include wild animals
(including nonhuman primates born in
captivity), reptiles, rabbits, farm animals
(including any breed of horse, miniature
horse, pony, pig, or goat), ferrets,
amphibians, and rodents. Animals
whose sole function is to provide
emotional support, comfort, therapy,
companionship, therapeutic benefits, or
to promote emotional well-being are not
service animals.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
Video interpreting services (VIS)
means an interpreting service that uses
video conference technology over highspeed internet lines. VIS generally
consists of a videophone, monitors,
cameras, a high-speed internet
connection, and an interpreter.
Wheelchair means a device designed
solely for use by an individual with a
mobility impairment for the primary
purpose of locomotion in typical indoor
and outdoor pedestrian areas. A
wheelchair may be manually operated
or power-driven.
Subpart B—General Requirements
§ 36.208
[Amended]
4. Amend § 36.208 by removing
paragraph (b) and redesignating
paragraph (c) as paragraph (b).
5. Amend § 36.211 by adding
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 36.211 Maintenance of accessible
features.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) If the proposed standards reduce
the number of required accessible
elements below the number required by
the 1991 Standards, the number of
accessible elements in a facility subject
to this part may be reduced in
accordance with the requirements of the
proposed standards.
Subpart C—Specific Requirements
6. Amend § 36.302 as follows:
a. Revise paragraph (c)(2);
b. Add paragraphs (c)(3) through (c)(8)
and paragraphs (e) and (f) to read as
follows:
§ 36.302 Modifications in policies,
practices, or procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) Exceptions. A public
accommodation may ask an individual
with a disability to remove a service
animal from the premises if:
(i) The animal is out of control and
the animal’s handler does not take
effective action to control it;
(ii) The animal is not housebroken or
the animal’s presence or behavior
fundamentally alters the nature of the
service the public accommodation
provides (e.g., repeated barking during a
live performance); or
(iii) The animal poses a direct threat
to the health or safety of others that
cannot be eliminated by reasonable
modifications.
(3) If an animal is properly excluded.
If a place of accommodation properly
excludes a service animal, it shall give
the individual with a disability the
opportunity to obtain goods, services,
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34553
and accommodations without having
the service animal on the premises.
(4) General requirements. The work or
tasks performed by a service animal
shall be directly related to the handler’s
disability. A service animal that
accompanies an individual with a
disability into a place of public
accommodation shall be individually
trained to do work or perform a task,
housebroken, and under the control of
its handler. A service animal shall have
a harness, leash, or other tether.
(5) Care or supervision of service
animals. A public accommodation is not
responsible for caring for or supervising
a service animal.
(6) Inquiries. A public
accommodation shall not ask about the
nature or extent of a person’s disability,
but can determine whether an animal
qualifies as a service animal. For
example, a public accommodation may
ask if the animal is required because of
a disability; and what work or task the
animal has been trained to perform. A
public accommodation shall not require
documentation, such as proof that the
animal has been certified or licensed as
a service animal.
(7) Access to areas open to the public,
program participants, and invitees.
Individuals with disabilities who are
accompanied by service animals may
access all areas of a place of public
accommodation where members of the
public, program participants, and
invitees are allowed to go.
(8) Fees or surcharges. A public
accommodation shall not ask or require
an individual with a disability to post
a deposit, pay a fee or surcharge, or
comply with other requirements not
generally applicable to other patrons as
a condition of permitting a service
animal to accompany its handler in a
place of public accommodation, even if
people accompanied by pets are
required to do so. If a public
accommodation normally charges its
clients or customers for damage that
they cause, a customer with a disability
may be charged for damage caused by
his or her service animal.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Hotel reservations. A public
accommodation that owns, leases (or
leases to), or operates a place of lodging
shall:
(1) Modify its policies, practices, or
procedures to ensure that individuals
with disabilities can make reservations,
including reservations made by
telephone, in-person, or through a third
party, for accessible guest rooms during
the same hours and in the same manner
as individuals who do not need
accessible rooms;
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
34554
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
(2) Identify and describe accessible
features in the hotels and guest rooms
offered through the reservations service;
and
(3) Guarantee that an accessible guest
room reserved through the reservations
service will be held for the reserving
customer during the reservation period
to the same extent that it guarantees
reservations made by others.
(f) Ticketing. (1) General. A public
accommodation shall modify its
policies, practices, or procedures to
ensure that individuals with disabilities
can purchase tickets for accessible
seating during the same hours, through
the same methods of distribution, and in
the same types and numbers of ticketing
sales outlets, including telephone
service, in-person ticket sales at the
facility, or third-party ticketing services,
as other patrons.
(2) Availability. Tickets for accessible
seating shall be made available during
all stages of ticket sales, including, but
not limited to, presales, promotions,
lotteries, waitlists, and general sales.
(3) Identification of accessible seating.
Wheelchair seating and companion
seats shall be identified on seating
maps, plans, brochures, or other
information provided to the general
public to describe the seating layout or
configurations at an assembly area.
(4) Notification of accessible seating
locations. A public accommodation that
sells or distributes tickets for seating at
assembly areas shall, upon inquiry,
inform spectators with disabilities and
their companions of the locations of all
unsold or otherwise available accessible
seating for any ticketed event at the
facility.
(5) Sale of season tickets or other
tickets for multiple events. Season
tickets or other tickets sold on a multievent basis to individuals with
disabilities and their companions shall
be sold under the same terms and
conditions as other tickets sold for the
same series of events. Spectators
purchasing tickets for accessible seating
on a multi-event basis shall also be
permitted to transfer tickets for singleevent use by friends or associates in the
same fashion and to the same extent as
permitted other spectators holding
tickets for the same type of ticketing
plan.
(6) Hold and release of accessible
seating. A public accommodation may
release unsold accessible seating to any
person with or without a disability
following any of the circumstances
described below:
(i) When all seating (excluding luxury
boxes, club boxes, or suites) for an event
have been sold;
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
(ii) When all seating in a designated
area in the facility has been sold and the
accessible seating being released is in
the same designated area; or
(iii) When all seating in a designated
price range has been sold and the
accessible seating being sold is within
the same designated price range.
Nothing in this provision requires a
facility to release wheelchair seats for
general sale.
(7) Ticket prices. The price of tickets
for accessible seating shall not be set
higher than for tickets to seating located
in the same seating section for the same
event. Accessible seating must be made
available at all price levels for an event.
If an existing facility has barriers to
accessible seating at a particular price
level for an event, then a percentage
(determined by the ratio of the total
number of seats at that price level to the
total number of seats in the assembly
area) of the number of accessible seats
must be provided at that price level in
an accessible location. In no case shall
the price of any particular accessible
seat exceed the price that would
ordinarily be charged for an inaccessible
seat in that location.
(8) Prevention of fraudulent purchase
of accessible seating. A public
accommodation may not require proof
of disability before selling a wheelchair
space.
(i) For the sale of single-event tickets,
it is permissible to inquire whether the
individual purchasing the wheelchair
space uses a wheelchair.
(ii) For season tickets, subscriptions
or other multi-events, it is permissible
to ask the individual to attest in writing
that the wheelchair space is for an
individual who utilizes a wheelchair. A
public accommodation may investigate
the potential misuse of accessible
seating where there is good cause to
believe that such seating has been
purchased fraudulently.
(9) Purchasing multiple tickets. (i)
Individuals with disabilities and their
companions shall be permitted to
purchase the same maximum number of
tickets for an event per sales transaction
as other spectators seeking to purchase
seats for the same event. If there is an
insufficient number of seats for all
members of a party to sit together, seats
shall be provided that are as close as
possible to the wheelchair spaces. For
accessible seating in a designated
wheelchair area, a public
accommodation shall provide up to
three companion seats for each person
with a disability who requires a
wheelchair space, provided that at the
time of purchase there are sufficient
available wheelchair spaces.
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(ii) For group sales, if a group
includes one or more individuals who
use a wheelchair, the group shall be
placed in a seating area that includes
wheelchair spaces so that, if possible,
the group can sit together. If it is
necessary to divide the group, it should
be divided so that the individuals in the
group who use wheelchairs are not
isolated from their group.
7. Amend § 36.303 as follows:
a. Revise paragraphs (b) introductory
text, (b)(1), (b)(2), (c), and (d);
b. Redesignate paragraph (f) as
paragraph (h);
c. Add paragraphs (f) and (g) to read
as follows:
§ 36.303
Auxiliary aids and services
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Examples. The term auxiliary aids
and services includes—
(1) Qualified interpreters, notetakers,
computer-aided transcription services,
written materials, exchange of written
notes, telephone handset amplifiers,
assistive listening devices, assistive
listening systems, telephones
compatible with hearing aids, closed
caption decoders, open and closed
captioning, text telephones (TTYs),
videotext displays, video interpreting
services (VIS), accessible electronic and
information technology, or other
effective methods of making aurally
delivered information available to
individuals who are deaf or hard of
hearing;
(2) Qualified readers, taped texts,
audio recordings, brailled materials and
displays, screen reader software,
magnification software, optical readers,
secondary auditory programs (SAP),
large print materials, accessible
electronic and information technology,
or other effective methods of making
visually delivered materials available to
individuals who are blind or have low
vision; * * *
(c) Effective communication. (1) A
public accommodation shall furnish
appropriate auxiliary aids and services
where necessary to ensure effective
communication with individuals with
disabilities and their companions who
are individuals with disabilities.
(i) For purposes of this section,
companion means a family member,
friend, or associate of a program
participant who, along with the
participant, is an appropriate person
with whom the public accommodation
should communicate.
(ii) The type of auxiliary aid or service
necessary to ensure effective
communication will vary in accordance
with the method of communication
used by the individual, the nature,
length, and complexity of the
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
communication involved, and the
context in which the communication is
taking place. A public accommodation
should consult with individuals with
disabilities whenever possible to
determine what type of auxiliary aid is
needed to ensure effective
communication, but the ultimate
decision as to what measures to take
rests with the public accommodation,
provided that the method chosen results
in effective communication.
(2) A public accommodation shall not
require an individual with a disability
to bring another individual to interpret
for him or her.
(3) A public accommodation shall not
rely on an individual accompanying an
individual with a disability to interpret
or facilitate communication, except in
an emergency involving a threat to
public safety or welfare, or unless the
individual with a disability specifically
requests it, the accompanying
individual agrees to provide the
assistance, and reliance on that
individual for this assistance is
appropriate under the circumstances.
(d) Telecommunications—(1)
Telephones. (i) When a public
accommodation uses an automated
attendant system for receiving and
directing incoming telephone calls, that
automated attendant system must
provide effective communication with
individuals using TTYs or a
telecommunications relay system.
(ii) A public accommodation that
offers a customer, client, patient, or
participant the opportunity to make
outgoing telephone calls on more than
an incidental convenience basis shall
make available, upon request, public
telephones equipped with volume
control mechanisms, hearing aid
compatible telephones, or text
telephones (TTYs) for the use of an
individual who is deaf or hard of
hearing, or has a speech impairment.
(iii) This part does not require a
public accommodation to use public
telephones equipped with volume
control mechanisms, hearing aid
compatible telephones, or TTYs for
receiving or making telephone calls
incident to its operations.
(iv) A public accommodation shall
respond to telephone calls from a
telecommunications relay service
established under title IV of the
Americans with Disabilities Act in the
same manner that it responds to other
telephone calls.
(2) Text telephones (TTYs). (i) A
public accommodation that offers a
customer, client, patient, or participant
the opportunity to make outgoing
telephone calls on more than an
incidental convenience basis shall make
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
available, upon request, a TTY for the
use of an individual who is deaf or hard
of hearing, or has a speech impairment.
(ii) This part does not require a public
accommodation to use a TTY for
receiving or making telephone calls
incident to its operations.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Video interpreting services (VIS). A
public accommodation that chooses to
provide qualified interpreters via VIS
shall ensure that it provides—
(1) High quality, clear, real-time, fullmotion video and audio over a
dedicated high-speed internet
connection;
(2) A clear, sufficiently large, and
sharply delineated picture of the
interpreter’s head and the participating
individual’s head, arms, hands, and
fingers, regardless of his body position;
(3) Clear transmission of voices; and
(4) Training to nontechnicians so that
they may quickly and efficiently set up
and operate the VIS.
(g) Sports stadiums. One year after the
effective date of this regulation, sports
stadiums that have a seating capacity of
25,000 or more shall provide captioning
on the scoreboards and video monitors
for safety and emergency information.
*
*
*
*
*
8. Amend § 36.304 as follows:
a. Redesignate paragraph (d)(2) as
(d)(6) and in the first sentence remove
the reference ‘‘(d)(1)’’ and add ‘‘(d)(1)
through (5)’’ in its place;
b. Add paragraphs (d)(2) through
(d)(5);
§ 36.304
Removal of barriers.
*
*
*
*
*
(d)(2) Safe harbor. Elements in
existing facilities that are not altered
after [insert effective date of final rule],
and that comply with the 1991
Standards, are not required to be
modified in order to comply with the
requirements set forth in the proposed
standards.
(3) Reduced scoping for public
accommodations. For measures taken to
comply with the barrier removal
requirements of this section, existing
facilities shall comply with the
applicable requirements for alterations
in § 36.402 and §§ 36.404 through
36.406 of this part for the element being
altered, except as follows:
(i) In addition to the provisions of
section 240.2.1 of the proposed
standards, where an existing play area
provides elevated play components, an
additional number of ground level play
components may be substituted for the
number of elevated play components
that would have been required to
comply with the provisions of section
240.2.2 of the proposed standards; and
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34555
(ii) Where an existing swimming pool
has at least 300 linear feet of swimming
pool wall, it shall comply with the
applicable requirements for swimming
pools, except that it shall be required to
provide only one accessible means of
entry that complies with section 1009.2
or section 1009.3 of the proposed
standards.
(4) Exemption for small facilities. For
measures taken to comply with the
barrier removal requirements of this
section, existing facilities shall comply
with the applicable requirements for
alterations in § 36.402 and §§ 36.404
through 36.406 of this part, except as
follows:
(i) Where an existing play area has
less than 1000 square feet or is located
in a family child care facility where the
proprietor actually resides, it shall be
exempt from the provisions of section
240 of the proposed standards;
(ii) Where an existing swimming pool
has less than 300 linear feet of
swimming pool wall, it shall be exempt
from the provisions of section 242.2 of
the proposed standards; and
(iii) Where an existing sauna or steam
room was designed and constructed to
seat only two people, it shall be exempt
from the provisions of section 241 of the
proposed standards.
(5) Qualified small business. A
qualified small business has met its
obligation to remove architectural
barriers where readily achievable for a
given year if, during that tax year, the
entity has spent an amount equal to at
least one percent (1%) of its gross
revenue in the preceding tax year on
measures undertaken in compliance
with the barrier removal requirements of
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
9. Amend § 36.308 as follows:
a. Revise paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii)
introductory text, (A), and (B), and (b);
b. Add paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (c) to
read as follows:
§ 36.308
Seating in assembly areas.
(a)(1) * * *
(i) Provide a reasonable number of
wheelchair seating spaces, companion
seats, and designated aisle seats; and
(ii) Locate the wheelchair seating
spaces and companion seats so that
they:
(A) Are an integral part of the seating
area and are dispersed to all accessible
seating levels; and
(B) Provide viewing angles to the
screen, performance area, or other focal
point that are equivalent to or better
than the average viewing angles
provided to all other spectators;
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
34556
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
(iii) Companion seats shall be
equivalent in size, quality, comfort, and
amenities to the other seats in the
assembly areas. Companion seats may
be fixed or movable. * * *
(b) New construction and alterations.
The provision and location of
wheelchair seating spaces and
companion seats and designated aisle
seats in newly constructed or altered
assembly areas shall be governed by the
standards for new construction and
alterations in subpart D of this part.
(c) Modifications of policy—(1)
Seating areas. When designating seating
sections of assembly areas providing
spectators with, or entitling them to,
distinct services or amenities that are
not generally available to other
spectators, a public accommodation in
assembly areas shall ensure that
wheelchair seating spaces and
companion seating are provided in each
such specialty seating area. The number
of wheelchair seating spaces and
companion seating provided in
specialty seating areas shall be included
in, rather than in addition to,
wheelchair space requirements set forth
in Table 221.2.1.1 in the proposed
standards.
(2) Group ticket purchases. To the
extent possible, a public
accommodation in assembly areas shall
permit wheelchair users to purchase
companion tickets on the same terms
that tickets are made available to other
members of the public. In assembly
areas with seating capacities exceeding
5,000, designate at least three
companion seats for each of five
wheelchair seating spaces in order to
provide more flexible seating
arrangements for families and other
small groups. The group companion
seats required by this subsection may be
located adjacent to either the wheelchair
location or other companion seats.
10. Amend § 36.309 by adding
paragraph (b)(1)(iv) to read as follows:
§ 36.309
Examinations and courses.
*
*
*
*
(b)(1) * * *
(iv) any request for documentation if
such documentation is required is
reasonable and limited to the need for
the modification or aid requested. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
11. Amend 28 CFR part 36 by adding
§ 36.311 to read as follows:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
*
§ 36.311
Mobility devices.
(a) Use of wheelchairs and manually
powered mobility aids. A public
accommodation shall permit
individuals with mobility impairments
to use wheelchairs, scooters, walkers,
crutches, canes, braces, or similar
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
devices in any areas open to pedestrian
use.
(b) Other power-driven mobility
devices. A public accommodation shall
make reasonable modifications in its
policies, practices, and procedures to
permit the use of other power-driven
mobility devices by individuals with
disabilities, unless the public
accommodation can demonstrate that
the use of the device is not reasonable
or that its use will result in a
fundamental alteration in the nature of
the public accommodation’s goods,
services, facilities, privileges,
advantages, or accommodations.
(c) Development of policies permitting
the use of other power-driven mobility
devices. A public accommodation shall
establish policies to permit the use of
other power-driven mobility devices by
individuals with disabilities when it is
reasonable to afford a public
accommodation’s goods, services,
facilities, or accommodations to an
individual with a disability. Whether a
modification is reasonable to allow the
use of a class of power-driven mobility
device by an individual with a disability
in specific venues (e.g., doctors’ offices,
parks, commercial buildings, etc.) shall
be determined based on:
(1) The dimensions, weight, and
operating speed of the mobility device
in relation to a wheelchair;
(2) The potential risk of harm to
others by the operation of the mobility
device;
(3) The risk of harm to the
environment or natural or cultural
resources or conflict with Federal land
management laws and regulations; and
(4) The ability of the public
accommodation to stow the mobility
device when not in use, if requested by
the user.
(d) Inquiry into use of mobility device.
A public accommodation may ask a
person using a power-driven mobility
device if the mobility device is required
because of the person’s disability. A
public accommodation shall not ask a
person using a mobility device
questions about the nature and extent of
the person’s disability.
Subpart D—New Construction and
Alterations
12. Amend § 36.403 by adding
paragraph (a)(1) and revising (f)(2)(iii) to
read as follows:
§ 36.403
Alterations: Path of travel.
(a) * * *
(1) If a private entity has constructed
or altered required elements of a path of
travel at a place of public
accommodation or commercial facility
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in accordance with the specifications in
the 1991 Standards, the private entity is
not required to retrofit such elements to
reflect incremental changes in the
proposed standards solely because of an
alteration to a primary function area
served by that path of travel.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(iii) Costs associated with providing
accessible telephones, such as relocating
the telephone to an accessible height,
installing amplification devices, or
installing a text telephone (TTY); * * *
*
*
*
*
*
13. Amend § 36.406 as follows:
a. Add the heading ‘‘Applicable
standards’’ to paragraph (a);
b. Redesignate paragraph (a) as
paragraph (a)(1);
c. Revise paragraphs (a)(1) and (b);
d. Add paragraphs (a)(2), (c), (d), (e),
(f), and (g);
e. Remove Appendix to § 36.406 to
read as follows:
§ 36.406 Standards for new construction
and alterations.
(a) Applicable standards. (1) New
construction and alterations subject to
this part shall comply with the 1991
Standards if physical construction of the
property commences before [date six
months after the effective date of the
final rule.]
(2) New construction and alterations
subject to this part shall comply with
the proposed standards if physical
construction of the property commences
on or after [date six months after the
effective date of the final rule.]
(b) The proposed standards apply to
fixed or built-in elements of buildings,
structures, site improvements, and
pedestrian routes or vehicular ways
located on a site. Unless specifically
stated otherwise, advisory notes,
appendix notes, and figures contained
in the proposed standards explain or
illustrate the requirements of the rule;
they do not establish enforceable
requirements.
(c) Places of lodging. Places of
lodging, including inns, hotels, motels,
time-shares, condominium hotels,
mixed-use, and corporate hotel facilities
subject to the proposed standards shall
comply with the provisions of the
proposed standards that apply to
transient lodging, including, but not
limited to the requirements for transient
lodging guest rooms in sections 224 and
806.
(d) Social service establishments.
Group homes, halfway houses, shelters,
or similar social service establishments
that provide temporary sleeping
accommodations or residential dwelling
units subject to the proposed standards
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 117 / Tuesday, June 17, 2008 / Proposed Rules
shall comply with the provisions of the
proposed standards that apply to
residential facilities, including, but not
limited to, the provisions in sections
233 and 809.
(1) In sleeping rooms with more than
twenty-five beds covered by this
section, a minimum of five percent (5%)
of the beds shall have clear floor space
complying with section 806.2.3.
(e) Housing at a place of education.
Dormitories or residence halls operated
by or on behalf of places of education
that are subject to the proposed
standards shall comply with the
provisions applicable to transient
lodging, including, but not limited to,
the requirements for transient lodging
guest rooms in sections 224 and 806.
(f) Assembly areas. Assembly areas
subject to the proposed standards shall
comply with the provisions applicable
to assembly areas, including, but not
limited to, sections 221 and 804. In
addition, assembly areas shall ensure
that:
(1) Wheelchair and companion
seating locations are dispersed to all
levels of the facility that are served by
an accessible route;
(2) Wheelchair and companion
seating locations are not located on (or
obstructed by) temporary platforms or
other movable structures. When
wheelchair seating locations are not
required to accommodate people who
use wheelchairs, individual, removable
seats may be placed in those spaces;
(3) Facilities that have more than
5,000 seats shall provide at least five
wheelchair spaces and at least three
companion seats for each wheelchair
space; and
(4) Stadium-style movie theaters shall
locate wheelchair seating spaces and
companion seating on a riser or crossaisle in the stadium section that satisfies
at least one of the following criteria:
(i) It is located within the rear sixty
percent (60%) of the seats provided in
an auditorium; or
(ii) It is located within the area of an
auditorium in which the vertical
viewing angles (as measured to the top
of the screen) are from the 40th to the
100th percentile of vertical viewing
angles for all seats as ranked from the
seats in the first row (1st percentile) to
seats in the back row (100th percentile).
(g) Medical care facilities. Medical
care facilities subject to the proposed
standards shall comply with the
provisions applicable to medical care
facilities, including, but not limited to,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:54 Jun 16, 2008
Jkt 214001
sections 223 and 805. In addition,
medical care facilities that do not
specialize in the treatment of conditions
that affect mobility shall disperse the
accessible patient bedrooms required by
section 223.2.1 in a manner that enables
patients with disabilities to have access
to appropriate specialty services.
§ 36.407
[Removed]
14. Remove § 36.407.
Subpart F—Certification of State Laws
or Local Building Codes
§ 36.603
[Removed]
15. Remove § 36.603.
§ 36.604
[Redesignated as § 36.603]
16. Redesignate § 36.604 as § 36.603
and revise it to read as follows:
§ 36.603
Preliminary determination.
Upon receipt and review of all
information relevant to a request filed
by a submitting official for certification
of a code, and after consultation with
the Architectural and Transportation
Barriers Compliance Board, the
Assistant Attorney General shall make a
preliminary determination of
equivalency or a preliminary
determination to deny certification.
§ 36.605
[Redesignated as § 36.604]
17. Redesignate § 36.605 as § 36.604
and revise paragraphs (a), (a)(2), and (b)
to read as follows:
§ 36.604 Procedure following preliminary
determination of equivalency.
(a) If the Assistant Attorney General
makes a preliminary determination of
equivalency under § 36.603, he or she
shall inform the submitting official, in
writing, of that preliminary
determination. The Assistant Attorney
General also shall:
* * *
(2) After considering the information
received in response to the notice
described in paragraph (a) of this
section, and after publishing a separate
notice in the Federal Register, hold an
informal hearing, in the State or local
jurisdiction charged with administration
and enforcement of the code, at which
interested individuals, including
individuals with disabilities, are
provided an opportunity to express their
views with respect to the preliminary
determination of equivalency; and
(b) The Assistant Attorney General—
after consultation with the Architectural
and Transportation Barriers Compliance
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34557
Board and consideration of the materials
and information submitted pursuant to
this section, as well as information
previously provided by the submitting
official—shall issue either a certification
of equivalency or a final determination
to deny the request for certification. The
Assistant Attorney General shall publish
notice of the certification of equivalency
or denial of certification in the Federal
Register.
§ 36.606
[Redesignated as § 36.605]
18. Redesignate § 36.606 as § 36.605
and revise the first sentence of
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 36.605 Procedure following preliminary
denial of certification.
(a) If the Assistant Attorney General
makes a preliminary determination to
deny certification of a code under
§ 36.603, he or she shall notify the
submitting official of the determination.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
§ 36.607
[Redesignated as § 36.606]
19. Redesignate § 36.607 as § 36.606
and add a new paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
§ 36.606
Effect of certification.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) When the standards of the Act
against which a code is deemed
equivalent are substantially revised or
amended, a certification of equivalency
issued under the preexisting standards
is no longer effective, as of the date the
revised standards take effect. However,
construction in compliance with a
certified code during the period when a
certification of equivalency was
effective shall be considered rebuttable
evidence of compliance with the
Standards then in effect as to those
elements of buildings and facilities that
comply with the certified code. A
submitting official may reapply for
certification pursuant to the Act’s
revised standards, and, to the extent
possible, priority will be afforded the
request in the review process.
§ 36.608
[Redesignated as § 36.607]
20. Redesignate § 36.608 as § 36.607.
Dated: May 30, 2008.
Michael B. Mukasey,
Attorney General.
[FR Doc. E8–12623 Filed 6–16–08; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4410–13–P
E:\FR\FM\17JNP3.SGM
17JNP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 73, Number 117 (Tuesday, June 17, 2008)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 34508-34557]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E8-12623]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
28 CFR Part 36
[CRT Docket No. 106; AG Order No. 2968-2008]
RIN 1190-AA44
Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability by Public
Accommodations and in Commercial Facilities
AGENCY: Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Department of Justice (Department) is issuing this notice
of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in order to: Adopt enforceable
accessibility standards under the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990 (ADA) that are ``consistent with the minimum guidelines and
requirements issued by the Architectural and Transportation Barriers
Compliance Board'' (Access Board); and perform periodic reviews of any
rule judged to have a significant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities, and a regulatory assessment of the costs and
benefits of any significant regulatory action as required by the
Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended by the Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA).
In this NPRM, the Department proposes to adopt Parts I and III of
the Americans With Disabilities Act and Architectural Barriers Act
Accessibility Guidelines (2004 ADAAG), which were published by the
Architectural and Transportation Barriers and Compliance Board (Access
Board) on July 23, 2004. Prior to its adoption by the Department, the
2004 ADAAG is effective only as guidance to the Department; it has no
legal effect on the public until the Department issues a final rule
adopting
[[Page 34509]]
the revised ADA Standards (proposed standards).
Concurrently with the publication of this NPRM, the Department is
publishing an NPRM to amend its title II regulation, which covers state
and local government entities, in order to adopt the 2004 ADAAG as its
proposed standards for title II entities, to make amendments to the
title II regulation for consistency with title III, and to make
amendments that reflect the collective experience of 16 years of
enforcement of the ADA.
DATES: All comments must be received by August 18, 2008.
ADDRESSES: Submit electronic comments and other data to https://
www.regulations.gov. Address written comments concerning this NPRM to:
ADA NPRM, P.O. Box 2846, Fairfax, VA 22031-0846. Overnight deliveries
should be sent to the Disability Rights Section, Civil Rights Division,
U.S. Department of Justice, located at 1425 New York Avenue, NW., Suite
4039, Washington, DC 20005. All comments will be made available for
public viewing online at https://www.regulations.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Janet L. Blizard, Deputy Chief,
Disability Rights Section, Civil Rights Division, U.S. Department of
Justice, at (202) 307-0663 (voice or TTY). This is not a toll-free
number. Information may also be obtained from the Department's toll-
free ADA Information Line at (800) 514-0301 (voice) or (800) 514-0383
(TTY).
This rule is also available in an accessible format on the ADA Home
Page at https://www.ada.gov. You may obtain copies of this rule in large
print or on computer disk by calling the ADA Information Line listed
above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Submission and Posting of Public Comments
You may submit electronic comments to https://www.regulations.gov.
When submitting comments electronically, you must include CRT Docket
No. 106 in the subject box, and you must include your full name and
address.
Please note that all comments received are considered part of the
public record and made available for public inspection online at http:/
/www.regulations.gov. Such information includes personal identifying
information (such as your name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by
the commenter.
If you want to submit personal identifying information (such as
your name, address, etc.) as part of your comment, but do not want it
to be posted online, you must include the phrase ``PERSONAL IDENTIFYING
INFORMATION'' in the first paragraph of your comment. You must also
locate all the personal identifying information you do not want posted
online in the first paragraph of your comment and identify information
you want redacted.
If you want to submit confidential business information as part of
your comment but do not want it posted online, you must include the
phrase ``CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION'' in the first paragraph of
your comment. You must also prominently identify confidential business
information to be redacted within the comment. If a comment has so much
confidential business information that it cannot be effectively
redacted, all or part of that comment may not be posted on https://
www.regulations.gov.
Personal identifying information identified and located as set
forth above will be placed in the agency's public docket file, but not
posted online. Confidential business information identified and located
as set forth above will not be placed in the public docket file. If you
wish to inspect the agency's public docket file in person by
appointment, please see the ``FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT''
paragraph.
Overview
Throughout this NPRM, the current, legally enforceable ADA
Standards will be referred to as the ``1991 Standards,'' 28 CFR part
36, App. A, 56 FR 35544 (July 26, 1991), modified in part at 59 FR 2674
(Jan. 18, 1994). The Access Board's 2004 revised guidelines will be
referred to as the ``2004 ADAAG,'' 69 FR 44084 (July 23, 2004), as
amended (editorial changes only) at 70 FR 45283 (Aug. 5, 2005). The
revisions now proposed in the NPRM, based on the 2004 ADAAG, are
referred to in the preamble as the ``proposed standards.''
In performing the required, periodic review of its existing
regulation, the Department has reviewed the title III regulation
section by section, and, as a result, proposes several clarifications
and amendments in this NPRM. The Department's initial, formal benefit-
cost analysis can be found at Appendix B. See E.O. 12866, 58 FR 51735
(Sept. 30, 1993), amended by E.O. 13258, 67 FR 9385 (Feb. 26, 2002),
and E.O. 13422, 72 FR 2703 (Jan. 18, 2007); 5 U.S.C. 601, 603, and
610(a); and OMB Circular A-4, https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars/
a004/a-4.pdf. The NPRM was submitted to the Office of Management and
Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, for review
and approval prior to publication in the Federal Register. It has also
been reviewed by the Small Business Administration's Office of Advocacy
pursuant to Executive Order 13272, 67 FR 53461 (Aug. 13, 2002).
Purpose
On July 26, 1990, President George H.W. Bush signed into law the
Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., a
comprehensive civil rights law prohibiting discrimination on the basis
of disability. At the beginning of his administration, President George
W. Bush underscored the nation's commitment to ensuring the rights of
over fifty million individuals with disabilities nationwide by
announcing the New Freedom Initiative (available at https://
www.whitehouse.gov/infocus/newfreedom). The Access Board's publication
of the 2004 ADAAG is the culmination of a long-term effort to
facilitate ADA compliance and enforcement by eliminating, to the extent
possible, inconsistencies among federal accessibility requirements and
between federal accessibility requirements and state and local building
codes. In support of this effort, the Department is announcing its
intention to adopt standards consistent with Parts I and III of the
2004 ADAAG as the ADA Standards for Accessible Design. To facilitate
this process, the Department is seeking public comment on the issues
discussed in this notice.
The ADA and Department of Justice Regulations
The ADA broadly protects the rights of individuals with
disabilities in employment, access to state and local government
services, places of public accommodation, transportation, and other
important areas of American life and, in addition, requires newly
designed and constructed or altered state and local government
facilities, public accommodations, and commercial facilities to be
readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. 42
U.S.C. 12101 et seq. Under the ADA, the Department is responsible for
issuing regulations to implement title II and title III of the Act,
except to the extent that transportation providers subject to title II
or title III are regulated by the Department of Transportation. Id. at
12134.
The Department also is proposing amendments to its title II
regulation, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability
in state and local government services, concurrently with the
publication of this NPRM, in this issue of the Federal Register.
[[Page 34510]]
Title III prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability in
the activities of places of public accommodation (businesses that are
generally open to the public and that fall into one of twelve
categories listed in the ADA, such as restaurants, movie theaters,
schools, day care facilities, recreational facilities, and doctors'
offices) and requires newly constructed or altered places of public
accommodation--as well as commercial facilities (privately owned,
nonresidential facilities like factories, warehouses, or office
buildings)--to comply with the ADA Standards. 42 U.S.C. 12181-89.
On July 26, 1991, the Department issued its final rules
implementing title II and title III, which are codified at 28 CFR part
35 (title II) and part 36 (title III). Appendix A of the title III
regulation, at 28 CFR part 36, contains the 1991 Standards, which were
based upon the version of ADAAG published by the Access Board on the
same date. Under the Department's regulation implementing title III,
places of public accommodation and commercial facilities are currently
required to comply with the 1991 Standards with respect to newly
constructed or altered facilities.
Relationship to Other Laws
The Department of Justice regulation implementing title III, 28 CFR
36.103, provides:
(a) Rule of interpretation. Except as otherwise provided in this
part, this part shall not be construed to apply a lesser standard
than the standards applied under title V of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 791 et seq., or the regulations issued by federal
agencies pursuant to that title.
(b) Section 504. This part does not affect the obligations of a
recipient of federal financial assistance to comply with the
requirements of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29
U.S.C. 794, and regulations issued by federal agencies implementing
section 504.
(c) Other laws. This part does not invalidate or limit the
remedies, rights, and procedures of any other federal, state, or
local laws (including state common law) that provide greater or
equal protection for the rights of individuals with disabilities or
individuals associated with them.
Nothing in this proposed rule will alter this relationship. The
Department recognizes that public accommodations subject to title III
of the ADA may also be subject to title I of the ADA, which prohibits
discrimination on the basis of disability in employment; section 504,
which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability in the
programs and activities of recipients of federal financial assistance;
and other federal statutes such as the Air Carrier Access Act, 49
U.S.C. 41705, and the Fair Housing Act, 42 U.S.C. 3601 et seq.
Compliance with the Department's ADA regulations does not necessarily
ensure compliance with other federal statutes.
Public accommodations that are subject both to the Department's
regulations and to regulations published by other federal agencies must
ensure that they comply with the requirements of both regulations. If
there is a direct conflict between the regulations, the regulation that
provides greater accessibility will prevail. When different statutes
apply to entities that routinely interact, each entity must follow the
regulation that specifically applies to it. For example, a quick
service restaurant in an airport is a public accommodation subject to
title III. It regularly serves the passengers of air carriers subject
to the Air Carrier Access Act (ACAA). The restaurant is subject to the
title III requirements, not to the ACAA requirements. Conversely, the
airline is required to comply with the ACAA, not with the ADA.
The Roles of the Access Board and the Department of Justice
The Access Board was established by section 502 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973. 29 U.S.C. 792. The Board consists of
thirteen public members appointed by the President, of whom the
majority must be individuals with disabilities, and the heads of twelve
federal departments and agencies specified by statute, including the
heads of the Department of Justice and the Department of
Transportation. Originally, the Access Board was established to develop
and maintain accessibility guidelines for federally funded facilities
under the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968 (ABA). 42 U.S.C. 4151 et
seq. The passage of the ADA expanded the Access Board's
responsibilities. The ADA requires the Access Board to ``issue minimum
guidelines that shall supplement the existing Minimum Guidelines and
Requirements for Accessible Design for purposes of subchapters II and
III of this chapter * * * to ensure that buildings, facilities, rail
passenger cars, and vehicles are accessible, in terms of architecture
and design, transportation, and communication, to individuals with
disabilities.'' 42 U.S.C. 12204. The ADA requires the Department to
issue regulations that include enforceable accessibility standards
applicable to facilities subject to title II or title III that are
consistent with the minimum guidelines issued by the Access Board. Id.
at 12134, 12186.
The Department was extensively involved in the development of the
2004 ADAAG. As a federal member of the Access Board, the Attorney
General's representative voted to approve the revised guidelines.
Although the enforceable standards issued by the Department under title
II and title III must be consistent with the minimum guidelines
published by the Access Board, it is the sole responsibility of the
Attorney General to promulgate standards and to interpret and enforce
those standards.
The ADA also requires the Department to develop regulations with
respect to existing facilities subject to title II (Subtitle A) and
title III. How and to what extent the Access Board's guidelines are
used with respect to the barrier removal requirement applicable to
existing facilities under title III of the ADA and to the provision of
program accessibility under title II of the ADA are solely within the
discretion of the Department.
The Revised Guidelines (2004 ADAAG)
Part I of the 2004 ADAAG provides scoping requirements for
facilities subject to the ADA; scoping is a term used in the 2004 ADAAG
to describe requirements (set out in Parts I and II) that prescribe
what elements and spaces--and, in some cases, how many--must comply
with the technical specifications. Part II provides scoping (which is
defined in the preamble of title 2) requirements for facilities subject
to the ABA (i.e., facilities designed, built, altered, or leased with
federal funds). Part III provides uniform technical specifications for
facilities subject to either statute. This revised format is designed
to eliminate unintended conflicts between the two federal accessibility
standards and to minimize conflicts between the federal regulations and
the model codes that form the basis of many state and local building
codes.
The 2004 ADAAG is the culmination of a ten-year effort to improve
ADA compliance and enforcement. In 1994, the Access Board began the
process of updating the original ADAAG by establishing an advisory
committee composed of members of the design and construction industry,
the building code community, state and local government entities, and
people with disabilities. In 1999, based largely on the report and
recommendations of the advisory committee,\1\ the Access Board issued a
proposed rule to update and revise its ADA and ABA Accessibility
Guidelines.
[[Page 34511]]
See 64 FR 62248 (Nov. 16, 1999). In response to its proposed rule, the
Access Board received more than 2,500 comments from individuals with
disabilities, affected industries, state and local governments, and
others. The Access Board provided further opportunity for participation
by holding public hearings throughout the nation. The Access Board
worked vigorously from the beginning to harmonize the ADA and ABA
Accessibility Guidelines with industry standards and model codes. The
Access Board released an interim draft of its guidelines to the public
on April 2, 2002, 67 FR 15509, in order to provide an opportunity for
entities with model codes to consider amendments that would promote
further harmonization. By the date of its final publication on July 23,
2004, 69 FR 44084, the 2004 ADAAG had been the subject of extraordinary
public participation and review.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ After a two-year process of collaboration with the access
Board, the Advisory Committee issued its Recommendations for a New
ADAAG in September 1996, available at https://www.access-board.gov/
pubs.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, the Access Board amended the ADAAG four times since
1998. In 1998, it added specific guidelines on state and local
government facilities, 63 FR 2000 (Jan. 13, 1998), and building
elements designed for use by children, 63 FR 2060 (Jan. 13, 1998).
Subsequently, the Access Board added specific guidelines on play areas,
65 FR 62498 (Oct. 18, 2000), and on recreational facilities 67 FR 56352
(Sept. 3, 2002).
These amendments to the ADAAG have not previously been adopted by
the Department as ADA Standards. Through this NPRM, the Department is
announcing its intention to publish a proposed rule that will adopt
revised ADA Standards consistent with the 2004 ADAAG, including all of
the amendments to the ADAAG since 1998.
The Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
The Department published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking
(ANPRM) on September 30, 2004, 69 FR 58768, for two reasons: (1) To
begin the process of adopting the Access Board's 2004 ADAAG by
soliciting public input on issues relating to the potential application
of the Access Board's revisions once the Department adopts them as
revised standards; and (2) to request background information that would
assist the Department in preparing a regulatory analysis under the
guidance provided in OMB Circular A-4, available at https://
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars/a004/a-4.pdf, Sections D (Analytical
Approaches) and E (Identifying and Measuring Benefits and Costs). While
underscoring that the Department, as a member of the Access Board, had
already reviewed comments provided to the Access Board during its
development of the 2004 ADAAG, the Department specifically requested
public comment on the potential application of the 2004 ADAAG to
existing facilities. The extent to which the 2004 ADAAG is used with
respect to the barrier removal requirement applicable to existing
facilities under title III (like the program access requirement in
title II) is solely within the discretion of the Department. The ANPRM
dealt with the Department's responsibilities under both title II and
title III.
Public response to the ANPRM was extraordinary. The Department
extended the comment deadline by four months at the public's request.
70 FR 2992 (Jan. 19, 2005). By the end of the extended comment period,
the Department had received more than 900 comments covering a broad
range of issues. Most of the comments responded to questions
specifically posed by the Department, including issues involving the
application of the 2004 ADAAG once the Department adopts it and cost
information to assist the Department in its regulatory assessment. The
public provided information on how to assess the cost of elements in
small facilities, office buildings, hotels and motels, assembly areas,
hospitals and long-term care facilities, residential units,
recreational facilities, and play areas. Comments addressed the
effective date of the proposed standards, the triggering event by which
the effective date is measured in new construction, and variations on a
safe harbor that would excuse elements built in compliance with the
1991 Standards from compliance with the proposed standards. Comments
responded to questions regarding elements scoped for the ``first time''
in the 2004 ADAAG, including detention and correctional facilities,
recreational facilities, and play areas, as well as proposed additions
to the Department's regulation for items such as free-standing
equipment. Comments also dealt with specific requirements in the 2004
ADAAG.
Many commenters requested clarification of or changes to the
Department's title III regulation. Commenters observed that now, more
than seventeen years after enactment of the ADA, as facilities are
becoming physically accessible to individuals with disabilities, the
Department needs to focus on second generation issues that ensure that
individuals with disabilities can actually gain access to and use the
accessible elements. So, for example, commenters asked the Department
to focus on such issues as ticketing in assembly areas and reservations
for hotel rooms, rental cars, and boat slips. The public asked about
captioning and the division of responsibility between the Department
and the Access Board for fixed and non-fixed (or free-standing)
equipment. Finally, commenters asked for clarification on some issues
in the existing regulations, such as title III's requirements regarding
service animals.
All of the issues raised in the public comments are addressed, in
turn, in this NPRM or in the NPRM for title II. Issues involving title
II of the ADA, such as the exhaustion of administrative remedies under
the Prison Litigation Reform Act (PLRA), 42 U.S.C. 1997e et seq., are
addressed in the Department's NPRM for title II, in this issue of the
Federal Register, published concurrently with this NPRM.
Background (SBREFA, Regulatory Flexibility Act, and Executive Order)
Reviews
The Department must provide two types of assessments as part of its
NPRM: an analysis of the costs and benefits of adopting the 2004 ADAAG
as its proposed standards, and a periodic review of its existing
regulations to consider their impact on small entities, including small
businesses, small nonprofit organizations, and small governmental
jurisdictions. E.O. 12866, 58 FR 51735 (Sept. 30, 1993), as amended by
E.O. 13258, 67 FR 9385 (Feb. 26, 2002) and E.O. 13422, 72 FR 2763 (Jan.
18, 2007); Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601, 603, as
amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 610(a); OMB Circular A-4, https://
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars/a004/a-4.pdf; and E.O. 13272, 67 FR
53461 (Aug. 13, 2002).
The Department leaves open the possibility that, as a result of the
receipt of comments on an issue raised by the 2004 ADAAG, or if the
Department's Regulatory Impact Analysis reveals that the costs of
making a particular feature or facility accessible are disproportionate
to the benefits to persons with disabilities, the Attorney General, as
a member of the Access Board, may return the issue to the Access Board
for further consideration of the particular feature or facility. In
such a case, the Department would delay adoption of the accessibility
requirement for the particular feature or facility in question in its
final rule and await Access Board action before moving to consider any
final action.
[[Page 34512]]
Regulatory Impact Analysis. An initial regulatory impact analysis
of the costs and benefits of a proposed rule is required by Executive
Order 12866 (as amended by Executive Order 13258 and Executive Order
13422). A full benefit-cost analysis is required of any regulatory
action that is deemed to be significant--that is, a regulation that
will have an annual effect of $100 million or more on the economy. See
OMB Circular A-4; Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601,
603, as amended by SBREFA, 5 U.S.C. 610(a).
Early in the rulemaking process, the Department concluded that the
economic impact of its adoption of the 2004 ADAAG as proposed standards
for title II and title III was likely to exceed the threshold for
significant regulatory actions of $100 million. The Department has
completed its initial regulatory impact analysis measuring the
incremental benefits and costs of the proposed standards; the initial
regulatory impact analysis is addressed at length with responses to
public comments from the ANPRM, in Appendix B.
The public may notice differences between the Department's
regulatory impact analysis and the Access Board's regulatory assessment
of the 2004 ADAAG. The differences in framework and approach result
from the differing postures and responsibilities of the Department and
the Access Board. First, the breadth of the proposed changes assessed
in Appendix A of this NPRM is greater than in the Access Board's
assessments related to the 2004 ADAAG. Unlike the Access Board, the
Department must examine the effect of the proposed standards not only
on newly constructed or altered facilities, but also on existing
facilities. Second, whereas the Access Board issued separate rules for
many of the differences between the 1991 Standards and the 2004 ADAAG
(e.g., play areas and recreational facilities), the Department is
proposing to adopt several years of revisions in a single rulemaking.
According to the Department's initial Regulatory Impact Analysis
(``RIA''), it is estimated that the incremental cost of the proposed
requirements for each of the following eight existing elements will
exceed monetized benefits by more than $100 million when using the 1991
Standards as the comparative baseline: Side reach; water closet
clearances in single-user toilet rooms with in-swinging doors; stairs;
elevators; location of accessible routes to stages; accessible attorney
areas and witness stands; assistive listening systems; and accessible
teeing grounds, putting greens, and weather shelters at golf courses.
However, this baseline figure does not take into account the fact that,
since 1991, various model codes and consensus standards--such as the
model International Building Codes (``IBC'') published by the
International Codes Council and the consensus accessibility standards
developed by the American National Standards Institute (``ANSI'')--have
been adopted by a majority of states (in whole or in part) and that
these codes have provisions mirroring the substance of the Department's
proposed regulations. Indeed, such regulatory overlap is intentional
since harmonization among federal accessibility standards, state and
local building codes, and model codes, is one of the goals of the
Department's rulemaking efforts.
Even though the 1991 Standards are an appropriate baseline to
compare the new requirements against, since they represent the current
set of uniform federal regulations governing accessibility, in practice
it is likely that many public and private facilities across the country
are already being built or altered in compliance with the Department's
proposed standards with respect to these elements. Because the model
codes are voluntary, public entities often modify or carve out
particular standards when adopting them into their laws, and even when
the standards are the same, local officials often interpret them
differently. The mere fact that a state or local government has adopted
a version of the IBC does not necessarily mean that the facilities
within that jurisdiction are legally subject to its accessibility
provisions. Because of these complications, and the inherent difficulty
of determining which baseline is the most appropriate for each
provision, the RIA accompanying this rulemaking compares the costs and
benefits of the proposed requirements to several alternative baselines,
which reflect various versions of existing building codes. In addition,
since the Department is soliciting comment on these eight particular
provisions with high net costs, the Department believes it is useful to
further discuss the potential impact of alternative baselines on these
particular provisions.
For example, the Department's proposed standards for existing
stairs and elevators have identical counterparts in one or more IBC
versions (2000, 2003, or 2006). Please note, however, that the IBC 2006
version bases a number of its provisions on guidelines in the 2004
ADAAG. These IBC versions, in turn, have been adopted collectively by
forty-six (46) states and the District of Columbia on a statewide
basis. In the four (4) remaining states (Colorado, Delaware, Illinois,
and Mississippi), while IBC adoption is left to the discretion of local
jurisdictions, the vast majority of these local jurisdictions have
elected to adopt IBC as their local code. Thus, given that nearly all
jurisdictions in the country currently enforce a version of the IBC as
their building code, and to the extent that the IBC building codes may
be settled in this area and would not be further modified to be
consistent if they differ from the final version of these regulations,
the incremental costs and benefits attributable to the Department's
proposed regulations governing alterations to existing stairs and
elevators may be less significant than the RIA suggests over the life
of the regulation.
In a similar vein, consideration of an alternate IBC/ANSI baseline
would also likely lower the incremental costs and benefits for five
other proposed standards (side reach; water closet clearances in
single-user toilet rooms with in-swinging doors; location of accessible
routes to stages; accessible attorney areas and witness stands; and
assistive listening systems), albeit to a lesser extent. Each of these
proposed standards has a counterpart in either Chapter 11 of one or
more versions of the IBC, ANSI A117.1, or a functionally equivalent
state accessibility code. While IBC Chapter 11 and ANSI A117.1 have yet
not been as widely adopted as some other IBC chapters, the RIA
nonetheless still estimates that between 15% and 35% of facilities
nationwide are already covered by IBC/A117.1 provisions that mirror
these five proposed standards. It is thus expected that the incremental
costs and benefits for these proposed standards may also be lower than
the costs and benefits relative to the 1991 Standards baseline.
Question 1: The Department believes it would be useful to solicit
input from the public to inform us on the anticipated costs or benefits
for certain requirements. The Department therefore invites comment as
to what the actual costs and benefits would be for these eight existing
elements, in particular as applied to alterations, in compliance with
the proposed regulations (side reach, water closet clearances in
single-user toilet rooms with in-swinging doors, stairs, elevators,
location of accessible routes to stages, accessible attorney areas and
witness stands, assistive listening systems, and accessible teeing
grounds, putting greens, and weather shelters at golf courses), as well
as additional practical benefits from these
[[Page 34513]]
requirements, which are often difficult to adequately monetize.
The Department does not have statutory authority to modify the 2004
ADAAG; instead, the ADA requires the Attorney General to issue
regulations implementing the ADA that are ``consistent with'' the ADA
Accessibility Guidelines issued by the Access Board. See 42 U.S.C.
12134(c), 12186(c). As noted above in other parts of this preamble, the
Department leaves open the possibility of seeking further consideration
by the Access Board of particular issues based on disproportionate
costs compared to benefits and public comments. The Access Board did
not have the benefit of our RIA or public comment on our RIA as it
pertains to the 2004 ADAAG.
Question 2: The Department would welcome comment on whether any of
the proposed standards for these eight areas (side reach, water closet
clearances in single-user toilet rooms with in-swinging doors, stairs,
elevators, location of accessible routes to stages, accessible attorney
areas and witness stands, assistive listening systems, and accessible
teeing grounds, putting greens, and weather shelters at golf courses)
should be raised with the Access Board for further consideration, in
particular as applied to alterations.
Stages. The proposed requirement to provide direct access to stages
represents an effort to ensure that individuals with disabilities are
able to participate in programs in an integrated setting. Under the
current 1991 Standards, a compliant accessible route connecting seating
locations to performing areas is permitted to go outside the assembly
area and make use of an indirect interior accessible route to access
the stage area. As a result, even when other audience members are able
to access a stage directly via stairs in order to participate in
ceremonies, skits, or other interactive on-stage events, persons with
mobility disabilities may be required to use an inconvenient indirect
entrance to the stage. As graduates or award recipients, they may be
required to part company with their peers, to make their way to the
stage alone, and to make a conspicuous entrance. To address this
situation, the proposed requirement mandates that, when a direct
circulation path (for audience members) connects the seating area to a
stage, the accessible route to the stage must also be direct.
The Department has generally determined that the overall costs for
this requirement are relatively high in the alterations context, due to
the expense of having to provide a lift or ramp to access the stage
area directly, regardless of which baseline is used for the analysis.
The Department, however, has had difficulty in estimating the real
costs of this requirement because of a lack of information about
whether colleges, elementary and secondary schools, and entertainment
venues now routinely provide such access when they are altering
existing auditoriums or how frequently such alterations occur. Also,
the Department currently lacks sufficient data or other sources with
which to quantify the benefits that accrue to students and other
persons with disabilities who, as a result of direct access to stages,
would be able to participate fully and equally in graduation exercises
and other events.
Question 3: The Department would welcome information from operators
of auditoriums on the likelihood that their auditoriums will be altered
in the next fifteen years, and, if so, whether such alterations are
likely to include accessible and direct access to stages. In addition,
the Department would like specific information on whether, because of
local law or policy, auditorium operators are already providing a
direct accessible route to their stages. (The Department is also
interested in whether having to provide a direct access to the stage
would encourage operators of auditoriums to postpone or cancel the
alteration of their facilities.) The Department also seeks information
on possible means of quantifying the benefits that accrue to persons
with disabilities from this proposed requirement or on its importance
to them. To the extent that such information cannot be quantified, the
Department welcomes examples of personal or anecdotal experience that
illustrate the value of this requirement.
The Department's RIA also estimates significant costs, regardless
of the baseline used, for the proposed requirement that court
facilities must provide an accessible route to a witness stand or
attorney area and clear floor space to accommodate a wheelchair. These
costs arise both in the new construction and alteration contexts. If
the witness stand is raised, then either a ramp or lift must be
provided to ensure access to the witness stand. While the RIA
quantifies the benefits for this proposed requirement (as it does for
all of the proposed requirements) primarily in terms of time savings,
the Department fully appreciates that such a methodology does not
capture the intangible benefits that accrue when persons with mobility
disabilities are able to participate in the court process as
conveniently as any other witness or party. Without access to the
witness stand, for example, a wheelchair user, or a witness who uses
other mobility devices such as a walker or crutches, may have to sit at
floor level. If the witness with a mobility disability testifies from a
floor level position, the witness could be placed at a disadvantage in
communicating with the judge and jury who may no longer be able to see
the witness as easily, or, potentially at all. This may create a
reciprocal difficulty for the judge and jurors who lose the sightline
normally provided by the raised witness stand that enables them to see
and hear the witness in order to evaluate his or her demeanor and
credibility--difficulty that redounds to the detriment of litigants
themselves and ultimately our system of justice.
Question 4: The Department welcomes comment on how to measure or
quantify the intangible benefits that would accrue from accessible
witness stands. We particularly invite anecdotal accounts of the
courtroom experiences of individuals with disabilities who have
encountered inaccessible witness stands, as well as the experiences of
state and local governments in making witness stands accessible, either
in the new construction or alteration context.
Under the 1991 Standards, Assistive Listening Systems (``ALS'') are
required in courtrooms and in other settings where audible
communication is integral to the use of the space and audio
amplification systems are provided for the general audience. However,
these Standards do not set forth technical specifications for such
systems. Since 1991, advancements in ALS and the advent of digital
technologies have made these systems more amenable to uniform technical
specifications. In keeping with these technological advancements, the
revised requirements create a technical standard that, among other
things, ensures that a certain percentage of required ALS have hearing-
aid compatible receivers. Requiring hearing-aid compatible ALS enables
persons who are hard of hearing to hear a speech, a play, a movie, or
to follow the content of a trial. Without an effective ALS, people with
hearing loss are effectively excluded from participation because they
are unable to hear or understand the audible portion of the
presentation.
From an economic perspective, the cost of a single hearing-aid
compliant ALS is not high--about $500 more than a non-compliant
system--and compliant equipment is readily available on the retail
market. As estimated in the RIA, the high overall costs for the revised
technical requirements for ALS are instead driven by the assumption
that entities with large assembly areas (such
[[Page 34514]]
as universities, stadiums, and auditoriums) will be required to
purchase a relatively large number of compliant systems. On the other
hand, the overall scoping for ALS has been reduced in the Department's
proposed requirement, thus mitigating the cost to covered entities. The
proposed revision to the technical requirement merely specifies that
(25% or at least 2) of the required ALS receivers must be hearing-aid
compatible. The RIA estimates that a significant part of the cost of
this requirement will come from the replacement of individual ALS
receivers and system maintenance.
Question 5: The Department seeks information from arena and
assembly area administrators on their experiences in managing ALS. In
order to evaluate the accuracy of the assumptions in the RIA relating
to ALS costs, the Department welcomes particular information on the
life expectancy of ALS equipment and the cost of ongoing maintenance.
The Department's proposed requirements mandate an accessible
(pedestrian) route that connects all accessible elements within the
boundary of the golf course and facility, including teeing grounds,
putting greens, and weather shelters. Requiring access to necessary
features of a golf course ensures that persons with mobility
disabilities may fully and equally participate in a recreational
activity.
From an economic perspective, the Department's RIA assumes that
virtually every tee and putting green on an existing course will need
to be regraded in order to provide compliant accessible (pedestrian)
routes to these features. However, the Department's proposal also
excuses compliance with the requirement for an accessible (pedestrian)
route so long as a ``golf car passage'' (i.e., the path typically used
by golf cars) is otherwise provided to the teeing ground, putting
green, or other accessible element on a course. Because it is likely
that most public and private golf courses in the United States already
provide golf passages to most or all holes, the actual costs of this
requirement for owners and operators of existing golf courses should be
reduced with little to no practical loss in accessibility.
Question 6: The Department seeks information from the owners and
operators of golf courses, both public and private, on the extent to
which their courses already have golf car passages to teeing grounds,
putting greens, and weather shelters, and, if so, whether they intend
to avail themselves of the proposed exception.
Analysis of impact on small entities. The second type of analysis
that the Department has undertaken is a review of its existing
regulations for title II and title III in order to consider the impact
of those regulations on small entities. The review requires agencies to
consider five factors: (1) The continued need for the rule; (2) the
nature of complaints or comments received concerning the rule from the
public; (3) the complexity of the rule; (4) the extent to which the
rule overlaps, duplicates, or conflicts with other federal rules, and,
to the extent feasible, with state and local governmental rules; and
(5) the length of time since the rule has been evaluated or the degree
to which technology, economic conditions, or other factors have changed
in the area affected by the rule. 5 U.S.C. 610(b). Based on these
factors, the agency should determine whether to continue the rule
without change, or to amend or rescind the rule to minimize any
significant economic impact of the rule on a substantial number of
small entities. Id. at 610(a).
In performing this review, the Department has gone through its
regulation section by section, and, as a result, proposes several
clarifications and amendments in this NPRM. Amendments to its title II
regulation are proposed in the NPRM for title II published concurrently
with this rule. The proposals reflect the Department's analysis and
review of complaints or comments from the public as well as changes in
technology. Many of the proposals aim to clarify and simplify the
obligations of covered entities. As discussed in greater detail above,
a significant goal in the development of the 2004 ADAAG was to
eliminate duplication or overlap in federal accessibility guidelines as
well as to harmonize the federal guidelines with model codes. The
Department has also worked to create harmony where appropriate between
the requirements of titles II and III. Finally, while the regulation is
required by statute and there is a continued need for it as a whole,
the Department proposes several modifications that are intended to
reduce its effects on small entities.
Organization of This NPRM
The subsequent sections of this NPRM deal with the Department's
response to comments and its proposals for changes to its current
regulation that derive from the required, periodic review that it
performed. The proposed standards and the Department's response to
comments regarding the 2004 ADAAG are contained in Appendix A to the
NPRM. Appendix B to the NPRM contains the Department's initial, formal
benefit-cost analysis.
The section of the NPRM entitled, ``General Issues,'' briefly
introduces topics that are noteworthy because they are new to the title
III regulation or have been the subject of attention or comment. The
topics introduced in the general issues section include: safe harbor
and other proposed limitations on barrier removal, service animals,
equipment, wheelchairs and other power-driven mobility devices,
auxiliary aids and services (including captioning and video
interpreting services), and certification of state and local building
codes.
Following the ``General Issues'' section, there is a section
entitled, ``Section-By-Section Analysis and Response to Comments.''
This section provides a detailed discussion of the proposed changes to
the title III regulation. The section-by-section analysis follows the
order of the current regulation, except that regulatory sections that
remain unchanged are not indicated. The discussion within each section
explains the proposals and the reasoning behind them, as well as the
Department's response to related public comments. Subject areas that
deal with more than one section of the regulation include references to
the related sections, where appropriate.
Both the ``General Issues'' section and the ``Section-By-Section
Analysis'' include specific questions to which the Department requests
public response. These questions are numbered and italicized so that
they are easier for readers to locate and reference. The Department
emphasizes, however, that the public may comment on any aspect of this
NPRM and is not required to respond solely to questions specifically
posed by the Department.
The Department's proposed changes to the actual regulatory text of
title III, that follow the section-by-section analysis are entitled,
``Part 36: Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability by Public
Accommodations and in Commercial Facilities.''
General Issues
This section briefly introduces topics that are noteworthy because
they are new to the title III regulation or have been the subject of
considerable attention or comment. Each topic is discussed subsequently
in the section-by-section analysis.
Safe harbor and other proposed limitations on barrier removal. One
of the most important issues that the Department must address is the
effect that supplemental or changed ADA Standards will have on the
continuing
[[Page 34515]]
obligation of public accommodations to remove architectural,
transportation, and communication barriers in existing facilities to
the extent that it is readily achievable to do so. This issue was not
addressed in the 2004 ADAAG because it was outside the scope of the
Access Board's authority under the ADA. Responsibility for implementing
title III's requirement that public accommodations eliminate existing
architectural barriers where it is readily achievable to do so rests
solely with the Department.
The Department's current regulation implementing title III of the
ADA establishes the requirements for barrier removal by public
accommodations. 28 CFR 36.304. Under this requirement, the Department
uses the 1991 Standards as a guide to identify what constitutes an
architectural barrier, as well as the specifications that covered
entities must follow in making architectural changes to the extent that
it is readily achievable. 28 CFR part 36, App. B. Once adopted,
therefore, the 2004 ADAAG will present a new reference point for title
III's requirement to remove architectural barriers in existing places
of public accommodation. The Department is concerned that the
incremental changes in the 2004 ADAAG may place unnecessary cost
burdens on businesses that have already removed barriers by complying
with the 1991 Standards in their existing facilities.
The Department seeks to strike an appropriate balance between
ensuring that people with disabilities are provided access to buildings
and facilities and potential financial burdens on existing places of
public accommodation under their continuing obligation for barrier
removal. Such a balance would not impose unnecessary financial burdens
on existing places of public accommodation.
The Department's ANPRM raised several options that might reduce
such financial burdens. One approach, described in the ANPRM as Option
I, is to establish a safe harbor with regard to elements in existing
facilities that comply with the scoping and technical provisions in the
1991 Standards. Specifically, the Department would deem that public
accommodations have met their obligation for barrier removal with
respect to any element in an existing facility if that element complies
with the scoping and technical requirements in the 1991 Standards.
Another possible approach--Option II in the ANPRM--is to reduce the
scoping requirements for some of the supplemental or changed
requirements as they apply to existing facilities (e.g., play areas and
recreational facilities). Option III in the ANPRM proposed the
exemption of certain elements in the proposed standards; under this
option, the Department would determine that certain supplemental
requirements are inappropriate for barrier removal. After reviewing the
public comments on the ANPRM, the Department has decided to propose a
combination of Options I and II. The specific proposals are addressed
in the discussion of barrier removal in the section-by-section analysis
of Sec. 36.304 below.
The Department is not proposing to adopt Option III. Instead, in
keeping with its obligations under the SBREFA to consider regulatory
alternatives, the Department is seeking public comment on an
alternative suggested by advocates for small business. Under this
alternative, the Department would revamp its approach to barrier
removal that is readily achievable as applied to ``qualified small
business'' entities, which are defined in Sec. 36.104.
Small business advocates argued for clearer guidance on when
barrier removal is, and is not, readily achievable. According to the
small business advocacy groups, the Department's current approach to
readily achievable barrier removal disproportionately affects small
businesses for the following reasons: (1) Small businesses are more
likely to operate in older buildings and facilities; (2) the 1991
Standards are too numerous and technical for most small business owners
to understand and then to square with the ADA requirements with state
and local building or accessibility codes; and (3) small businesses are
particularly vulnerable to title III litigation and are often compelled
to settle because they cannot afford the litigation costs involved in
proving whether an action is readily achievable. Advocates for small
business endorsed many of the proposals in the ANPRM, such as the safe
harbor and reduced scoping for some elements.
The proposed standards will go a long way toward meeting the
concern of small businesses with regard to harmonizing federal and
state requirements; the Access Board harmonized the 2004 ADAAG with the
model codes that form the basis of most state and local accessibility
codes. Still, the Department is proposing that a qualified small
business is presumed to have done what is readily achievable in a given
year if, in the prior tax year, it spent a fixed percentage of its
revenues on readily achievable barrier removal. The Department believes
that the efficacy of any such proposal will turn on two determinations:
(1) The definition of a qualified small business, and (2) the formula
for calculating what percentage of revenues should be sufficient to
satisfy the readily achievable presumption. The Department discusses
its proposal for safe harbor and reduced scoping requirements in the
section-by-section analysis of Sec. 36.304.
The Department invites comment on whether public accommodations
that operate existing facilities with play or recreation areas should
be exempted from compliance with certain requirements in the 2004
ADAAG. Existing facilities would continue to be subject to
accessibility requirements in existing law, but not specifically to the
requirements in: (1) The Access Board's supplemental guidelines on play
areas, 65 FR 62498 (Oct. 18, 2000); and (2) the Access Board's
supplemental guidelines on recreation facilities, 67 FR 56352 (Sept. 3,
2002). Under that scenario, the 2004 ADAAG would apply only to new play
areas and recreation facilities, and would not govern the accessibility
of existing facilities as legal requirements. Public accommodations
that operate existing facilities with play or recreation areas,
pursuant to the ADA's requirements to provide equal opportunity for
individuals with disabilities, may still have the obligation to provide
an accessible route to the playground, some accessible equipment, and
an accessible surface for the play area or recreation facility.
Question 7: Should the Department exempt owners and operators of
public accommodations from specific compliance with the supplemental
requirements for play areas and recreation facilities, and instead
continue to determine accessibility in these facilities on a case-by-
case basis under existing law? Please provide information on the effect
of such a proposal on people with disabilities and places of public
accommodation.
Service animals. The Department wishes to clarify the obligations
of public accommodations to accommodate individuals with disabilities
who use service animals. The Department continues to receive a large
number of complaints from individuals with service animals. It appears
that many covered entities are confused regarding their obligations
under the ADA with regard to individuals with disabilities who use
service animals. At the same time, some individuals with impairments--
who would not be covered as individuals with disabilities--are claiming
that their animals are legitimate service animals, whether fraudulently
or sincerely (albeit mistakenly), to gain access to hotels,
[[Page 34516]]
restaurants, and other places of public accommodation. Another trend is
the use of wild, exotic, or unusual species, many of which are
untrained, as service animals. The Department is proposing amendments
to its regulation on service animals in the hope of mitigating the
apparent confusion.
Minimal protection. In the Department's ADA Business Brief on
Service Animals, which was published in 2002, the Department
interpreted the minimal protection language within the context of a
seizure (i.e., alerting and protecting a person who is having a
seizure). Although the Department received comments urging it to
eliminate the minimal protection language, the Department continues to
believe that it should retain the ``providing minimal protection''
language and interpret the language to exclude so-called ``attack
dogs'' that pose a direct threat to others.
Guidance on permissible service animals. In the original regulation
implementing title III, ``service animal'' was defined as ``any guide
dog, signal dog, or other animal,'' and the Department believed, at the
time, that leaving the species selection up to the discretion of the
person with a disability was the best course of action. Due to the
proliferation of animals used by individuals, including wild animals,
the Department believes that this area needs some parameters.
Therefore, the Department is proposing to eliminate certain species
from coverage even if the other elements of the definition are
satisfied.
Comfort animals vs. psychiatric service animals. Under the
Department's present regulatory language, some individuals and entities
have assumed that the requirement that service animals must be
individually trained to do work or perform tasks excluded all
individuals with mental disabilities from having service animals.
Others have assumed that any person with a psychiatric condition whose
pet provided comfort to them was covered by the ADA. The Department
believes that psychiatric service animals that are trained to do work
or perform a task (e.g., reminding its owner to take medicine) for
individuals whose disability is covered by the ADA are protected by the
Department's present regulatory approach.
Psychiatric service animals can be trained to perform a variety of
tasks that assist individuals with disabilities to detect the onset of
psychiatric episodes and ameliorate their effects. Tasks performed by
psychiatric service animals may include reminding the handler to take
medicine; providing safety checks, or room searches, or turning on
lights for persons with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder; interrupting
self-mutilation by persons with dissociative identity disorders; and
keeping disoriented individuals from danger.
The Department is proposing new regulatory text in Sec. 36.104 to
formalize its position on emotional support/comfort animals, which is
that ``[a]nimals whose sole function is to provide emotional support,
comfort, therapy, companionship, therapeutic benefits, or promote
emotional well-being are not service animals.'' The Department wishes
to state, however, that the exclusion of emotional support animals from
ADA coverage does not mean that individuals with psychiatric,
cognitive, or mental disabilities cannot use service animals. The
Department proposes specific regulatory text in Sec. 36.104 to make
this clear: ``The term service animal includes individually trained
animals that do work or perform tasks for the benefit of individuals
with disabilities, including psychiatric, cognitive, and mental
disabilities.'' This language simply clarifies the Department's
longstanding position and is not a new position.
The Department's rule is based on the assumption that the title II
and title III regulations govern a wider range of public settings than
the settings that allow for emotional support animals. The Department
recognizes, however, that there are situations not governed exclusively
by the title II and title III regulations, particularly in the context
of residential settings and employment, where there may be compelling
reasons to permit the use of animals whose presence provides emotional
support to a person with a disability. Accordingly, other federal
agency regulations governing those situations may appropriately provide
for increased access for animals other than service animals.
Modification in policies, practices, or procedures. The preamble to
Sec. 36.302 of the current title III regulation states that the
regulatory language was intended to provide the ``broadest feasible
access'' to individuals with service animals while acknowledging that,
in rare circumstances, accommodating service animals may not be
required if it would result in a fundamental alteration of the nature
of the goods or services the public accommodation provides or the safe
operation of the public accommodation. 56 FR 35544, 35565 (July 26,
1991). In order to clarify this provision, the Department is
incorporating into the proposed regulation guidance that it has
provided previously through technical assistance.
Proposed training standards. The Department has always required
that service animals be individually trained to do work or perform
tasks for the benefit of an individual with a disability, but has never
imposed any type of formal training requirements or certification
process. While some groups have urged the Department to modify this
position, the Department does not believe such a modification would
serve the array of individuals with disabilities who use service
animals.
Detailed regulatory text changes and the Department's response to
public comments on these issues and others are discussed below in the
definition section, Sec. 36.104, and the section on modifications in
policies, practices, and procedures, Sec. 36.302(c).
Equipment and furniture. In question seven of the ANPRM, the
Department asked for comment on whether regulatory guidance is needed
with respect to the acquisition and use of free-standing equipment or
furnishings used by covered entities to provide services, and asked for
specific examples of the circumstances in which such equipment should
be addressed. The ANPRM explained that free-standing equipment was
already addressed in the regulation in several different contexts, but
because covered entities continue to raise questions about their
obligations to provide accessible free-standing equipment, the
Department was considering adding specific language on equipment. The
Department received comments both in favor and against new guidance on
accessible equipment and furniture, but has decided not to add any
specific regulation governing equipment at this time.
Many businesses were opposed to additional requirements for free-
standing equipment, although they favored a move toward clarity and
specificity. Some businesses were concerned that they lack control of
the design or manufacturing of such equipment.
Most organizations and individuals representing individuals with
disabilities were in favor of adding or clarifying requirements for
accessible equipment. Disability organizations pointed out that from
the user's perspective, it is not relevant whether the equipment (e.g.,
ATMs, vending machines) is free-standing or fixed, because the
equipment must be accessible in order for individuals with disabilities
to use it.
A specific point of concern to several commenters was inaccessible
aisles
[[Page 34517]]
between movable display racks in stores. The Department's current
regulation addresses this issue under barrier removal, requiring that
stores rearrange display racks when readily achievable but adding the
following exception to Sec. 36.304(f): ``The rearrangement of
temporary or movable structures, such as furniture, equipment, and
display racks is not readily achievable to the extent that it results
in a significant loss of selling or serving space.'' If the
rearrangement of display racks is not readily achievable, stores still
have an obligation to provide alternatives to barrier removal, such as
retrieving merchandise from inaccessible shelves or racks. 28 CFR
36.305(b)(2).
When the title III regulation was initially proposed in 1991, it
contained a provision concerning accessible equipment, which required
that newly purchased furniture or equipment that was made available for
use at a place of public accommodation be accessible, unless complying
with this requirement would fundamentally alter the goods, services,
facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations offered, or would
not be readily achievable. See 56 FR 7452, 7470-71 (Feb. 22, 1991). In
the final title III regulation promulgated in 1991, the Department
decided not to include this provision, explaining in the preamble to
the regulation that ``its requirements are more properly addressed
under other sections, and . . . there are currently no appropriate
accessibility standards addressing many types of furniture and
equipment.'' 56 FR 35544, 35572 (July 26, 1991).
Equipment has been covered under the Department's ADA regulation,
including under the provision requiring modifications in policies,
practices, and procedures and the provision requiring barrier removal,
even though there is n